FEDEK

GT 326
Instruction Manual

ENG
ENG v01.0 August 2023
TABLE of CONTENTS i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 BASIC NOTIONS
1.1 STRUCTURES 1-1
1.2 RIGHTS 1-2
1.3 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 1-3

2 TECHNICAL DATA
2.1 CHARACTERISTICS 2-1
2.2 CAPACITY 2-1
2.3 BAR DIAMETER MEASUREMENT 2-2
2.4 FLOOR PLAN 2-3
2.5 LAYOUT OF THE ELEMENTS 2-4

3 SETTING INTO OPERATION

3.1 TRANSPORTATION 3-1
3.2 POSITIONING OF THE BAR FEEDER 3-3
3.3 ALIGNMENT AND ANCHORING 3-6
3.4 CONNECTION 3-8

4 ELECTRICS
4.1 LAYOUT OF THE ELEMENTS 4-1
4.2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 4-2
4.3 SYMBOLS 4-9
4.4 PLC I/O 4-10
4.5 DIAGRAMS 4-12
4.6 INTERFACE 4-17
4.7 SAFETY SWITCHES (OPTIONAL) 4-21

5 PNEUMATICS
5.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5-1
5.2 F.R.L. COMBINATION UNIT 5-2
5.3 SOLENOID VALVE MANIFOLD 5-4
5.4 MAINTENANCE 5-6

6 HYDRAULICS
6.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6-1
6.2 LAYOUT OF THE ELEMENTS 6-1
6.3 DESCRIPTION of THE COMPONENTS 6-2
6.4 MAINTENANCE 6-4

GT 326
ii TABLE of CONTENTS

7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
7.1 LOADING SYSTEM 7-1
7.2 CHANNEL SET PART I : GUIDING SYSTEM 7-3
7.3 CHANNEL SET PART II : FEEDING SYSTEM 7-6
7.4 CHANNEL SET CHANGEOVER PROCEDURE 7-18
7.5 CHAIN 7-20
7.6 VISE 7-21
7.7 BAR MEASURING DEVICE 7-22
HEADSTOCK SYNCHRONIZATION DEVICE
7.8
(OPTIONAL) 7-23
7.9 FRONT REST 7-24
7.10 AIR BLAST RING AND OIL COLLECT PLATE 7-29
7.11 LATHE CONNECTING PARTS 7-30
7.12 RETRACTION DEVICE (OPTIONAL) 7-31
7.13 BAR PREPARATION 7-32
7.14 SPINDLE LINER 7-33

8 OPERATION
8.1 REMOTE CONTROL OPERATION 8-1
8.2 ONBOARD HMI 8-4
8.3 POWERING AND EMERGENCY STOP 8-7
8.4 AUTOMATIC/MANUAL SEQUENCE 8-9
8.5 OPERATION PARAMETERS 8-11
8.6 SERVICE PARAMETERS 8-20

9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

9.1 WARNING MESSAGES 9-1
9.2 ERROR MESSAGE MAP 9-3
9.3 ERROR MESSAGE DESCRIPTION AND
TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9-5
9.4 SERVO AMPLIFIER ERROR MESSAGES 9-16

APPENDIX: PART PRINTS A-1

GT 326
 Chapter 1 BASIC NOTIONS 1-1

1 BASIC NOTIONS
1.1 STRUCTURE
This manual consists of various chapters, each containing several points, paragraphs, etc. Lists
may be contained in paragraphs.

⚫ The page number is indicated in the top-side corner of the page.

⚫ The model of the bar feeder is indicated in the bottom right-hand corner of the page.

Each chapter generally contains all of the information related to the description and settings of
the devices and elements represented therein.

Therefore, if a setting must be made while you are handling the system, please refer to the
chapter on the device to be set, for example “see chapter xxx”.

Whenever possible, the part numbers contained in the instruction manual are shown with the
indicated element. The customers can order parts with the number accordingly.

Signs below serve as a tool of reading this manual:

This sign recommends following the directions very closely avoiding

causing an incident that could result in injury, damage to the
equipment, or data loss.

This sign indicates that safety measures must be taken to avoid

possible electrical shocks or mishaps.

The notes stress interesting points or comments, and provide useful

advice for optimal system operation.

This sign serves to point out the portion mentioned on the

description.

GT 326
 1-2 Chapter 1 BASIC NOTIONS

1.2 RIGHTS

All rights reserved. Reproduction, recording or transmission of all, or any portion, of this manual,
in any form or through any means whatsoever, whether mechanical, photographic, sound or
other multimedia, without the express written authorization of us is prohibited. We disclaim all
responsibility for errors which may be contained in this manual and the problems which may
result therefore.

We cannot be made responsible for the debts, loosed, expenses, or damage incurred, or
suffered, by the buyer of this product, or a third party, following and accident, incorrect use, or
misuse, or stemming from modifications, repairs, or transformations not authorized by us.

We cannot take responsibility for any design change made by clients or a third party. Design
change refers to the modification of equipment, added or deleted items on bar feeder function
change, quantity change of bar feeder components, material change, setting method change,
and any modification on software designed.

We cannot be held responsible for damage and problems arising from the use of items and
products other than our products, clients or a third party to set up, add or modify component, or
products not approved.

The names of the products indicated in this manual are registered trademarks.

The operating life of consumables such as rotating joint, finger chuck, pusher, channel and
other accessories depends on the working conditions (such as rotating speed and temperature).
Therefore these consumables are excluded in the warranty.

Design and specifications are subject to change without prior notice.

GT 326
 Chapter 1 BASIC NOTIONS 1-3

1.3 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

⚫ Do not handle the equipment without having knowledge of the safety instructions and the
instructions for use. Safety instructions for the bar feeder, as well as the CNC lathe, must
be strictly observed. We disclaim all responsibility for possible accidents or property
damage caused by not following our safety instructions.
⚫ Non-qualified personnel, children, and people under the influence of alcohol or medication
should not handle the equipment.
⚫ Loose garments, long hair and jewelry can be dangerous.
⚫ Do not remove any covers while the bar feeder or the machine is under electrical power.
⚫ Do not conduct any maintenance operations during the automatic cycle.
⚫ Do not grasp moving or rotating objects, or nearby elements.
⚫ If certain safety shields or safety covers are removed to conduct maintenance, they must
be reinstalled as soon as the maintenance work is completed.
⚫ No servicing should be carried out on the interface or inside the electrical cabinet while the
bar feeder or the lathe is under electrical power.
⚫ It is strictly prohibited to jump wire of remove circuit breakers, main switches, and especially
safety switches.
⚫ To avoid any harm to people, or damage to components, use only the indicated points for
lifting and moving the bar feeder system. No one should be near the handing load, or within
the operating range of the overhead hoist/crane, forklift, or any other means used for lifting
and transportation. Do not knock the bar feeder while moving it as this could damage it.
⚫ Do not move the bar feeder while it is electrically powered on.
⚫ Please use the bar feeder in a clean environment.
⚫ Please do not use the bar feeder with extreme heat or humidity environment.
⚫ The work area surrounding the bar feeder system should always be clear of objects and
well lit. The presence of oil on the ground could cause falls; it is important to maintain the
floor clean on a regular basis.
⚫ Do not place the machine in a damp area and make sure that water or oil does not come
into contact with the electrical equipment.
⚫ Do not open the clamping device (collet or chuck) of the lathe manually when the bar
feeder is in AUTOMATIC mode (interface).
⚫ Each time the diameter is changed, also adapt spindle reduction tube. The use of spindle
reduction tubes is highly recommended for machining bars with diameters smaller than the
maximum capacity of the spindle.
⚫ There is no battery inside the PLC. Do not attempt to recharge it.
⚫ For the use and maintenance of the bar feeder, use only parts provides by or
recommended by us.
⚫ If it’s is necessary to move the bar feeder once it has been originally installed, do not
reinstall it before first contacting our representative.
⚫ We disclaim all responsibility for possible accidents or property damage when safety device
is removed.

GT 326
1-4 Chapter 1 BASIC NOTIONS

<This page intentionally left blank>

GT 326
 Chapter 2 TECHNICAL DATA 2-1

2. TECHNICAL DATA
2.1. CHARACTERISTICS
Model, M 2.5 3.2 3.7 4.0
Ø 3~ Ø 26
Bar diameter range, mm
(Bar preparation will be required for some maximum diameter)
Magazine capacity, mm Ø 3 mm x 90 pcs
Machine weight, kg 378 402 424 450
Overall length, mm 3346 3936 4496 4936
Overall width, mm 513
Maximum bar length, mm 2640 3230 3790 4230
Hydraulic oil volume ISO 68~100 (28 liters)
Air pressure 5~7 kgf/cm²
220V 3p
Power supply
(Varying power supply is available depending on applications)

2.2. CAPACITY
Channel Size Pusher Size Recommended Bar Size
8 7 3~7
11 10 3~10
14 13 4~13
16 15 6~15
17 16 7~16
19 18 9~18
21 20 11~20
23 22 13~22
25 24 15~24
27 26 17~26
** Bar end preparation will be required for some maximum diameters.**
Unit: mm

To reach the best performance of the application, additional guiding channels

are necessary when there is a great clearance between the bar and the
channel. Please contact our salesperson for further information.

Pusher
Channel size
size
GT 326 is available for loading bar stock
diameter from 3 to 26 mm. However, for
best machining performance, the gap
between bar stock and channel should be
as close as possible (the channel should be
greater than or equal to 1 mm.) to avoid
vibration.

GT 326
 2-2 Chapter 2 TECHNICAL DATA

2.3. BAR DIAMETER MEASUREMENT

a = bar diameter
b ≠ bar diameter

a
1

a = b ×1.154
a b
2

a
3 a = b ×1.41
b

Finger chuck size = a

Channel size >= a +1mm
Channel size
Finger Chuck
size

Inch/mm Conversion
To convert to millimeters: multiply inches x 25.4
To convert to inches: multiply millimeters x 0.0394

GT 326
 Chapter 2 TECHNICAL DATA 2-3

2.4. FLOOR PLAN

GT 326
 2-4 Chapter 2 TECHNICAL DATA

2.5. LAYOUT OF THE ELEMENTS

H
G

F
K

C, D

B L

A
O

I J
M

Designation Description
A Servo motor
B Pusher (Not visible)
C Vice (Material clamping device)
D Remnant detecting sensor
E Guiding channel
F Loading rack
G TOP CUT measuring device (Not visible)
H Front rest
I Hydraulic pump
J Hydraulic oil tank
K Remote control
L Front stand
M Rear stand
N Remnant box
O Electrical cabinet

GT 326
 Chapter 3 SETTING INTO OPERATION 3 - 1

3 SETTING INTO OPERATION

3.1 TRANSPORTATION
The bar feeder may be delivered either on a pallet or packed in a wooden crate according to the
customer requirement. The uncrating and lifting instructions recommended below in order to
prevent any injuries to persons and damaged to objects.
3.1.1 Unpacking
For practical and safety reasons, the bar feeder must be unpacked in a spacious, well-lit location.

1. If the bar feeder is received in a crate, start by unscrewing the top panel.
2. Remove the front.
3. Remove the side-walls.
A pusher and guiding channel set is mounted in the bar feeder. Depending on the purchase order,
other sets may be delivered in a separate box. The interface plug/cable is tightened with remote
control box. Interface diagram is placed inside the electrical cabinet. Documentation, tools, finger
chucks, lathe connecting parts, front tube/telescopic tube, air tube... are packed inside the
accessories box.

GT 326
 3- 2 Chapter 3 SETTING INTO OPERATION

3.1.2 Preparing of mounting

For installing the bar feeder, it’s advisable to contact us or one of our branches, agents. The
latter cannot be held responsible for any malfunction resulting from an incorrect installation in
which they did not take part.

< Procedures of preparation >

⚫ Insert two bars into the holes of the stands,
place the hoist vertically above the bar
feeder.

⚫ Place the straps over the ends of the bars,

then attach them to the hoist. Raise the hoist
to tighten the straps.

<Notice>
The loading capacity of both the hoist and
straps must be larger than 1 ton.

⚫ Remove the screws for holding the bar

feeder to the pallet during transportation.

⚫ Lift the bar feeder and remove the pallet.

1
Ensure that the bar feeder is balanced.

⚫ Follow the procedures below to mount the

glides :
1. Glue the pulling stem and screw onto the
fixed plate.
Glue the end. The glued length
2. Mount the supporting stem on the stand
is equal to the glide plate.
plate.
3. Mount the kit finished at step 1 on the
stand plate. Keep the gap between stand
plate and ground 30mm. 4
2

2
30mm

4. Mount the rubber foot.

3

4
⚫ Place the bar feeder behind the lathe and
proceed mounting procedures instructed on
the next chapter.

GT 326
Chapter 3 SETTING INTO OPERATION 3 - 3

3.2 POSITIONING OF THE BAR FEEDER

3.2.1 Bar stock length check
⚫ The bar feeder connected with fixed type lathe:
When the bar feeder finishes FIRST FEED, the bar stock front tip should keep 10mm safety
distance from the rear end of the chuck.

Material clamping device Chuck / collet

Short pusher Bar stock length 10mm

⚫ The bar feeder connected with Swiss type lathe:

When the bar feeder finished FIRST FEED and the chuck is at maximum forward position, the
bar stock front tip should keep 10mm safety distance from the rear end of the guide bush.

Chuck/Collet
Guide bush
Material clamping device

Short pusher Bar stock length 10mm

GT 326
 3- 4 Chapter 3 SETTING INTO OPERATION

3.2.2 Pusher length check

⚫ The bar feeder system connected with Fixed type lathe :
To get a shortest remnant, the pusher tip should be able to contact the rear end of the chuck.
Keep the distance between the first front rest and rear end of chuck in 10mm smaller than the
available pusher length.

Chuck/ collet

Available pusher length - 10mm

⚫ The bar feeder system connected with Swiss type lathe :

To get a shortest remnant, the pusher tip should be able to contact the rear end of the chuck.
Move the chuck to maximum forward position and keep the distance between the first front rest
and rear end of chuck in 10mm smaller than the available pusher length.

Chuck/ collet

Available pusher length - 10mm

GT 326
 Chapter 3 SETTING INTO OPERATION 3 - 5

3.2.3 Front tube / Telescope length check

⚫ The bar feeder system connected with Fixed type lathe:
The front tube should be able to cover the space between the bar feeder and the spindle.

Front tube

Spindle

⚫ The bar feeder system connected with Swiss type lathe:

When the chuck is at maximum

forward position, distance L1 should
be 10mm SMALLER than the
telescope’s maximum extended
length.
L1
Max. +Z

L2

Max. -Z

When the chuck is at maximum

backward position, distance L2
should be 10mm LARGER than the
telescope’s minimum retracted
length.

GT 326
 3- 6 Chapter 3 SETTING INTO OPERATION

3.3 ALIGNMENT AND ANCHORING

⚫ On each foot, loosen all 8 lock nuts (A). Adjust either
stem (B) or (D) so that the weight is evenly distributed
on them.
<NOTICE> H
Please note nut (E) is not allowed to be adjusted.

⚫ Place a level on the stand. Adjust stem (B) and (D) so

that the bar feeder are leveled on the lateral direction.
⚫ Make sure the bar feeder is well supported by the
nut (G) on central stem (not visible).
G
⚫ On each foot, loose 12 pieces of nut (H), set height of
the bar feeder by adjusting nut (G). Together with the
vertical alignment, proceed with the lateral alignment.
⚫ When the alignment is accomplished, tighten all the Lateral direction
12 nut (H) on each foot.
⚫ Once the bar feeder is in place and perfectly aligned,
it should be anchored to the ground to make it stable.
To accomplish this, please refer to the figure below
and use the 4 anchorage bolts (I) to fix the unit on the C
ground
⚫ Check again the alignment. Adjust the stem (B) if A
necessary. A
⚫ Tighten all the lock nuts (A).
A
B
<NOTICE>
Before the bar feeder is anchored on the ground and
the alignment is confirmed perfectly, the lock nuts (A)
should not be tightened. F
E

GT 326
 Chapter 3 SETTING INTO OPERATION 3 - 7

For precise alignment, use a 1mm string which pass through the rear of bar feeder to the lathe
chuck. The purpose is to find out the exact center of the chuck and adjust the bar feeder center
to match it perfectly.
1. Prepare a string and two alignment bushings.
2. Remove the front tube.
3. Have the string pass through and tied on the alignment bushing (1). Move out the original
screw M4*6 in the machine, and put alignment bushing (1) into the bar feeder.

4. Have the string come through from alignment bushing (1) and pass through bushing (2).

2
5. Clamp the alignment bushing (2) into the collet of the lathe chuck.
6. Pull the string through all the bushings and tie it somewhere in the lathe.

7. Prepare a measuring tool to check the center position of the string. Adjust the REAR stand of
the bar feeder until the string is in the center of the spindle.

Measuring tool

GT 326
 3- 8 Chapter 3 SETTING INTO OPERATION

8. Likewise, have the sting in the center of the bar feeder.

9. Tighten all the locking screws and check again the alignment.
10. Take off the string and bushings and reinstall the connecting parts.

*Notice: These alignment tools are not included in the standard part list of bar feeder, please
contact LNS for purchasing if requirement.

3.4 CONNECTION
Once the bar feeder has been aligned and anchored to the ground, the bar feeder must be
connected to the interface of the lathe and compressed air need to be connected.
⚫ For the electrical connection, please see Chapter 4, Electrics.
⚫ For the pneumatic connection, please see Chapter 5, Pneumatics.
⚫ For the hydraulic connection, please see Chapter 6, Hydraulics.
⚫ For the mechanical connection, please see Chapter 7, General description.
⚫ For the parameter setting, please see Chapter 8, Operation.

GT 326
 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 1

4 ELECTRICS
4.1 LAYOUT OF THE ELEMENTS
SQ1

SQ5
SQ3

SQ4

SQ10a

SQ10 HMI
SQ2

SQ11

QS1

M2

M1

<3.2M LtoRF bar loader as example>

Designation Input Part No. Description

HMI - B12150520 HMI
QS1 - B55000003 Main disconnect switch
M1 - B14140001 Servo motor
M2 XT135050000 Hydraulic pump motor
SQ1 X05 Positioned stop
B18120700
SQ2 X04 Home position
SQ3 X07 Guiding channel closed
SQ5 X06 C11110400 Guiding channel opened
SQ4 X25 Vice system
SQ10 Retraction safety (Option)
X33 4.484
SQ10a Retraction safety-2 (Option)
SQ11 X26 4.894 Main cover safety (Option)

GT 326
 4- 2 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

4.2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

SERVO
AMP
QF2 QM1
K1

PLC

KM1

POWER SUPPLY
PCB BOARD

Designation Description
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
SERVO AMPLIFIER Servo Amplifier
K1 Electromagnetic contactor
KM1 Hydraulic pump (M1) contactor
QF2 Circle Protect Device
QM1 Hydraulic pump (M2) breaker
-- Transformer (Optional, Invisible)
POWER SUPPLY 24V DC power supply

GT 326
 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 3

4.3. POWER SUPPLY

The main power is supplied by the interface cable. Before connecting the interface cable to the
lathe, make sure the power supply meets the interface specifications.
Depending on the power supplied by the lathe a Transformer (Option) may be needed (see 4.3.2).
The power supplied to the bar feeder should be protected by a breaker (6A max).

4.3.1. Main Disconnect Switch QS1

Switch ON/OFF of the main power.

POWER OFF POWER ON

Make sure it is turned OFF before opening the electrical cabinet.

GT 326
 4- 4 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

4.3.2 Transformer (Option)

If the power supplied by the interface cable does not meet the required 220V AC, the optional
transformer must be used.
The incoming power must be connected to the Primary terminal block. Use the contacts
corresponding to the supplied power (346V AC to 440V AC, see drawing below).
The outgoing power is always connected to the 220V AC terminals of the Secondary Terminal
Block.

Secondary terminal block

Primary terminal block

GT 326
 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 5

4.4. DIAGRAMS
4.4.1. Symbols
Index Symbol Description Designation

1 Main circuit breaker QM1

2 Circuit breaker QF2

3 Diode --

4 Main disconnector switch QS1

5 Emergency stop button STP1 / STP2

7 Hydraulic pump M2

8 Light Emitting Diode --

9 Magnetic switch KM1 / K1

10 Pressure switch SP1 / SQ7

SQ1 / SQ2 / SQ3

11 Proximity switch
SQ4 / SQ5

12 Relay R1 ~ R5

13 Remote control buttons S1 ~ S7

14 Servo motor M1

YV0 / YV1 /YV2A

15 Solenoid valve
YV2B/YV3 / YV4 / YV5

GT 326
 4- 6 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

4.5.2 AC Circuit 1

XA1.25.A010A_20230424

GT 326
 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 7

4.5.3 AC Circuit 2

XA1.25.A010A_20230424

GT 326
 4- 8 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

4.5. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

4.5.1. Servo Drive Power Loop Components
The servo drive is powered by 3 phases 220V AC through K1 contactor.
a) K1 Magnetic switch
K1 contactor is energized by the emergency stop loop.
When the emergency stop loop is open, the contactor
K1 will be de-energized and interrupt the power supply
to the servo drive. A

D
Designation Description
A Power poles input C
B Auxiliary contacts
C Control circuit
D Status indicator B
E Power poles output

b) Servo amplifier
The Servo Amplifier controls the movement of the Servo
Motor.

Never change the parameter settings of the

Servo Amplifier. They are factory pre-set.
A

Designation Description
A RS-232 port
B Multi-function terminal block D B
C 50-pin DI/DO connector
D Power contact
E
E Motor wiring

GT 326
 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 9

4.5.2. Hydraulic Pump Power Loop Components

The hydraulic pump M2 is powered by 3 phases 220V AC through KM1 contactor and protected
by QM1 breaker.

a) Circuit breaker - QM1

QM1 interrupts the 3 phases which power the hydraulic A
motor as well as emergency stop circuit. If the motor
requires excessive power (the breaking current is set to 2.5 B
amperes). The circuit breaker activates and button E trips.
Both power supply to hydraulic pump and the emergency
stop loop are interrupted. C
D
After the problem is fixed, reset the circuit breaker by
pressing button E.
F
E
Designation Description
A Power poles input
B Auxiliary contacts
C Rating adjustment (preset at 2.5A) G
D Stop button
E Start button
F Test button
G Power poles output (connected to K1)

C and D are interlinked switches; therefore, they cannot be operated

at the same time.

b) KM1
The KM1 contactor is energized by 24V DC from PLC A
output Y14. When this signal is OFF, the KM1 is de-
energized and the power to hydraulic pump is cut off.

C B
Designation Description
A Power poles input (from QM1)
B Control circuit
C Status indicator
D Power poles output (to M2)
D

GT 326
 4 - 10 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

4.5.3. PLC & 24V DC Supply Power Loop Component

Breaker QF2 protects the two phases which power both PLC and 24V DC power supply. If the
power exceeds 4A, the breaker activates and lever B flips down. The power supply to PLC and
24V DC power supply is immediately interrupted.
After the problem is fixed, reset the breaker by flipping lever B up.

Designation Description
A Power input contacts B
B ON/OFF lever
C Power output contacts

GT 326
 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 11

4.5.4. PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)

a) Primary module
The PLC processes the signals from the interface, sensors and remote control and sets the
outputs according to the program logic. In addition, the PLC also offers 24V DC power to HMI.

B
C
E
D

G F

Designation Description
A Input contacts.
B Input contacts notation.
C Input signals indication LED. Indicate the status of inputs X0 to X33.
D PLC status indication LED.
E Communication port.
F Output signals indication LED. Indicate the status of outputs Y0 to Y23.
G Output contacts notation.
H Output contacts.

GT 326
 4 - 12 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

b) Analog module
The analog signals serve to control the torque and speed of the servo motor.

Designation Description A
B
A Power contact
B Torque control output contacts C
C Speed control output contacts D
D Concurrent

GT 326
 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 13

C) I/O diagram

XA1.25.A010A_20230424

GT 326
4 - 14 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

XA1.25.A010A_20230424

GT 326
 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 15

d) Input signals

指示燈代
接點代號 敘述 訊號來源 附註
號
L -- 2 phases 110V / 220V input Transformer
PE -- Protective earth Lathe
N -- 2 phases 110V / 220V input Transformer
S/S -- Common ground Power supply 0V
X00 0 Phase A Encoder
X01 1 Phase B Encoder
X02 2 Air pressure（Option） SP1 Sensor
X03 3 Servo alarm Servo amplifier
X04 4 Home position SQ2 (TB7)
X05 5 TOP CUT device SQ1 (TB7)
Sensor
X06 6 Channel in open position SQ5 (TB7)
X07 7 Channel in closed position SQ3 (TB7)
X10 10 Emergency circuit confirm K1 contactor Contactor
X11 11 Chuck signal A1
X12 12 Lathe alarm A2
Interface signals
X13 13 Back start A3
X14 14 Torque stop A4
X15 15 empty --
X16 16 empty --
X17 17 empty --
X20 20 empty --
X21 21 empty --
X22 22 empty --
X23 23 empty --
X24 24 empty --
X25 25 Clamping device SQ4
Sensor
X26 26 Main access cover open（Option） SQ11
X27 27 empty --
X30 30 empty --
X31 31 Forward --
Interface signals
X32 32 Backward --
X33 33 Retraction system (Option) Clamping device Switch

GT 326
 4 - 16 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

e) Output signals
Contact Indicator Description Connect to Comment
24V --
24V DC power output HMI
0V --
COM0 -- 24V DC input for terminal Y00 --
Y00 0 Servo ON Servo amplifier
COM1 -- 24V DC input for terminal Y01 --
Y01 1 LSN LED (Option) LED
COM2 -- 24V DC input for terminal Y02 --
Y02 2 Reversing control Servo amplifier
COM3 -- 24V DC input for terminal Y03 --
Y03 3 Synchronization control Servo amplifier
COM4 -- 24V DC input for terminal Y04, Y05 --
Y04 4 Bar feeder alarm Relay R1
Y05 5 START signal Relay R2
COM5 -- 24V DC input for terminal Y06, Y07 --
Y06 6 BAR END signal Relay R3
Y07 7 Bar feeder in auto Relay R4
24V DC input for terminal Y10, Y11,
COM6 -- --
Y12, Y13
Y10 10 INCHING Relay R5
Y11 11 Cam safety Relay R6
Y12 12 N/A --
Y13 13 N/A --
24V DC input for terminal Y14, Y15,
COM7 -- --
Y16, Y17
Y14 14 Hydraulic pump KM1 Contactor
Y15 15 Open channel YV2A Pneumatic valve
Y16 16 Close channel YV2B Pneumatic valve
Y17 17 Vice clamping YV3 Pneumatic valve
24V DC input for terminal Y20, Y21,
COM8 -- --
Y22, Y23
Y20 20 TOP CUT device YV1 Pneumatic valve
Y21 21 Front rest YV6 Pneumatic valve
Y22 22 Oil blast YV5 Pneumatic valve
Y23 23 Optional anti-vibration YV11 Pneumatic valve


GT 326
 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 17

4.5.5 24V DC Power Supply

The power supply converts AC 220 V to 24V DC for the low voltage circuit.

Designation Description
A 220V AC input terminals
B 24V DC output terminals

GT 326
 4 - 18 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

4.5.6 PCB (Printed Circuit Board)

PCB is a board with circuit printed and electrical components welded on the surface. It offers
sockets and terminals for electrical components like relays, cables and fuses. Refer to the table
below for functions of each terminal.

E B C

C D A C

元件代號/端子
端子台所含接點 功能
台編號
A -- Remote control terminal
B -- XT8, XT9 bridging terminal
C -- Switches bridging terminal
D -- Jumpers rest terminal
E -- 24V DC common contacts bridging terminal
R1 -- Alarm relay
R2 -- Start signal relay
R3 -- BAR END relay
R4 -- Bar feeder AUTO relay
R5 -- INCHING relay
TB1 9 unit of M terminals Common joints for M.
003, 002, 000, M, M,
TB2 Servo control signals.
M, 0V, 24V
+24, 5, EM2, EM2,
TB3 Terminals of emergency stop buttons.
EM1, K
5 units of +24V
TB4 +24 common joints of C3~C7
terminals, 011
Signals from interface terminals A1, A2, A3,
TB5 A4, A3, A2, A1
A4.
000, 002, 003, 103, Signal terminals of servo amplifier CN1
TB6
VR, TR, PUL, SIG connector.
004, 005, 006, 007, PLC signals for energizing R1, R2, R3, R4,
TB9
010, +24 R5.
104, 105, 106, 107, Signal terminals for sensor SQ2, SQ1, SQ5,
TB10
125, 126 SQ3, SQ4 and SQ11.
Signals for servo amplifier torque and speed
TB11 103, VR, TR, GD
control.

GT 326
Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 19

元件代號/端子
端子台所含接點 功能
台編號
TB13 SIG, PUL, +24, M Synchronization device terminals.
TB14 +24, M DC power supply terminals.
M, +24, A4, A3, A2,
TB15 A1, EM2, EM2, EM1, Interface signals input terminals
EM1, XT8, XT9
007, 004, M, +24, 0V,
TB16 Reserved terminals
24V
TB17 +24, M, 10, 10, 9 QM1 terminals.
C, NO, NC for R5, R4,
TB18 Interface signals deliver terminals
R1, R3, R2
TB20 M, 100, 101 Encoder signal terminals.
TB21 24V, 0V Reserved terminals
M, 0A, /0A, 0B, /0B,
TB22 Servo CN1 control signal terminals.
GD, +24
TB24 XT8, 6 SQ11 CE main access cover terminals
TB25 +24 Reserved terminals
TB26 115, 133, 102 Signal terminals for sensor SP1, SQ10.
TB27 M Reserved terminals

GT 326
 4 - 20 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

4.6 INTERFACE
Interface presents all the signals exchanged between the bar feeder and the lathe. The interface
cable(s) which serves to transmit the interface signals is/are provided by us.
There is a wide range of different interfaces available to meet the requirement of each lathe. The
A diagram of the installed interface can be found in the electrical cabinet. Before connecting the
bar feeder, make sure the installed interface is suitable for your lathe. If you have any question,
please contact our technician for further information.

A correct connection between lathe and bar feeder is critical for safe
and reliable operation. It is recommended to request a trained
technician to install the bar feeder.

4.6.1. Universal Interface Diagram

The interface shown in the next page is called UNIVERSAL or STANDARD interface diagram. If
the lathe model/type is NOT specified, this interface will be given with the bar feeder. The universal
interface consist most signals which might be transmitted between the lathe and bar feeder. The
later the user can change the wiring according to the lathe requirement or contact us for technical
advisement. If the lathe brand/model is already informed us in advance, we will prepare a
specified interface to best fulfill customers’ needs.

GT 326
 送料機送給車床的訊號 車床送給送料機的訊號
電源線
介面接頭
插槽編號
Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

端子台編號
介面線編號

介面線接頭形式

介面訊號名稱
4 - 21

GT 326
 4 - 22 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

4.6.2. Signals From The Lathe to The Bar Feeder

The interface logic can be configured with service parameters. Only trained personnel
should change these settings.
a) 24V DC power supply
All the signals from the lathe were powered by the 24V DC from the bar feeder. When the
corresponding relay energized at the lathe, 24V DC travels through corresponding contact and
return to PLC. The PLC hence receives lathe signals.
b) Emergency stop signals from the lathe
This contacts XT8 and XT9 are part of the emergency stop loop of the bar feeder. When the
emergency circuit is open between XT8 and XT9, the bar feeder goes to EMERGENCY STOP
MODE and arise an e01 alarm and energize relay R1.
c) Lathe chuck signal / Lathe clamp signal (PLC input X11), terminal A1
Chuck signal is for confirming the status of lathe chuck (collet, clamping device). This signal starts
feeding and bar change process of bar feeder by itself as well as combination with other signals.
The signal logic will be handled according to MODE 2 setup.
d) Lathe in automatic mode (PLC input X12), terminal A2
This signal indicates that the lathe is in automatic mode. The lathe is executing the machining
program cyclically. The signal logic will be handled according to MODE 3 setup.
e) BACK START / Load command (PLC input X13), terminal A3
Generally the bar change process will be automatically started with chuck signal when the BAR
END signal is ON. Exceptions:
- the part requires multiple feeds.
- the lathe is equipped with a sub-spindle
- the lathe is of twin spindle type
To prevent collisions between the part being transferred to the second spindle and the newly
loaded bar stock when there is a simultaneous loading. The lathe must control the loading process
of a new bar. This signal will be used as a BACK START / LOAD COMMAND from the lathe. Refer
to MODE 7 and 19 for related set up. The signal logic will be handled according to MODE 4 setup.
f) TORQUE STOP (PLC input X14), terminal A4
When the bar feeder is in automatic mode. The pusher pushes forward all the time except it’s
currently returning for bar loading. Under certain circumstances, this behavior might damage
either tool or sub-spindle when the chuck is open without stopper in front. Whenever this signal
presents, the pusher stops it’s movement immediately as long as the torque stop signal is ON.
Generally, this signal will be ON before chuck open when the end of bar is reached. (The signal
logic will be handled according to MODE 5 setup.) After the last part is machined, the stopper is
usually not present anymore. The bar feeder must not push the bar when the chuck is open. To
avoid this, the TORQUE STOP signal must be ON.

GT 326
 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS 4 - 23

4.6.3 Signals From The Bar Feeder to The Lathe

a) 24V DC power supply
All the signals from the bar feeder were powered by the 24V DC from the lathe. When the
corresponding relay energized at the bar feeder, the 24V DC is passed through corresponding
contact at bar feeder relay and return to lathe PLC. The lathe PLC hence receives bar feeder
signals.
b) R1 alarm relay
When the bar feeder is in normal operation, the R1 relay is energized and the signal to the lathe
is ON. In the event of an alarm or break in the emergency stop loop, this relay is de-energized
and the signal to the lathe is OFF.
For safety reason, this signal should bring to a stop of the axis movements of the lathe as well as
the rotation of the spindle.
c) R2 START signal relay
Relay R2 confirms the action of general part feed out or/and a new bar stock loading is finished.
Refer to service parameter MODE 15 and 16 for related set up.
d) R3 BAR END (end of bar) relay
When the pusher reaches BAR END position during feed out process, relay R3 energizes. This
signal is used to indicate that the rest bar stock length is not long enough to machine a complete
part according to part length set at P02.
For part needs multiple chuck opening. This position must set according to the longest length of
those different machining sections.
Refer to operation parameter P02, P04 and service parameter MODE 14 for further information.
e) R4 bar feeder in auto relay
This signal is present as soon as the bar feeder is switched into automatic mode (AUTO READY
+ AUTO START)
f) R5 INCHING relay
This relay energizes under circumstances below presents during bar change process:
- the short pusher is moving forward for placing the bar stock at FIRST FEED position
- the pusher is moving forward for placing the bar stock at TOP CUT position after insertion
For bar stocks without proper preparation or is profiled, it might struggle to enter the chuck.
Generally the spindle slowly rotates when the new bar stock is passing through. For lathes that
the spindle is not allowed to rotate when chuck is open, this signal acts as an external order to
turn the spindle.
Refer to service parameter MODE 25 for more information.

GT 326
 4 - 24 Chapter 4 ELECTRICS

4.7 SAFETY SWITCHES (OPTION)

The optional safety switches are used as reminders for user during operation. These will
impede any handling as long as the bar feeder is not in operational position.
Once the switch is used, remove the pin for
short circuit on TB8 accordingly.

SQ10 & SQ10a PCB SQ11

⚫ Main access cover safety switch (SQ11)

The switch detects whether the main cover is closed or
not to ensure bar feeder can be switched to AUTO mode.
When the cover is open, a signal will be sent to PLC input
contact X26, arising an error message “Main cover is
open”. The bar feeder will be switched to manual
mode.

Please refer to 4.4 and 4.5 for wire connection in the

switch.
⚫ Retraction safety switches (SQ10) Fig. A

The switches detect the position of bar feeder to ensure

bar feeder is ready and lathe can machine.
When bar feeder is ready, the safety switch SQ10 and
SQ10a will operate as the figure A.
SQ10 SQ10a
Following the procedures on 7.12.2, when bar feeder is
Fig. B
moved, the safety switch SQ10 and SQ10a will operate
as the figure C. A signal will be sent to PLC contact
X33, arising an alarm message “AL039” to remind user
to move back bar feeder to the working position before
lathe machining.
SQ10 SQ10a
Fig. C
Please refer to 4.4 and 4.5 for wire connection in the
switch.

SQ10 SQ10a

GT 326
 Chapter 5 PNEUMATICS 5 - 1

5 PNEUMATICS
5.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The following automatic movements are activated by pneumatic system: loading mechanism,
channel opening/closing mechanism, vice (material clamping device), TOP CUT measuring
device, first and second front rest (optional) and air blast.
To guarantee an optimal operation of the bar feeder, a pressure of 5kgf/cm2 is mandatory.

E, F

A B

SP1

Designation Description
A Bar loading pneumatic cylinder
B Solenoid valve manifold (Invisible)
C F.R.L. combination unit
D Material clamping device
E First front rest (Invisible)
F Air blast ring (Invisible)
SP1 Air pressure switch (Invisible)

GT 326
 5- 2 Chapter 5 PNEUMATICS

5.2 F.R.L. COMBINATION UNIT

The F.R.L. (Filtering-Regulation-Lubrication) combination serves to perform filtering, lubrication
and regulation of the pressure air before it enters pneumatic system.
The air must be furnished at a pressure of 5 bar and whenever possible, clean and dry.
5.2.1 Layout of the elements

H
A

Designation Description
A Air inlet
B Pressure regulator
C Pressure gauge
D Condensate collector
E Lubricator
F Oil cup
Regulated air outlet
G
8mm / G1/4 push-in fitting
H Oil refilling plug

GT 326
 Chapter 5 PNEUMATICS 5 - 3

5.2.2 Connection
For the pneumatic connections of the bar feeder, we provide a tube with quick acting coupler
and probe pre-mounted.
Before connection, confirm the factory air pressure is not larger than 8 kgf/cm2. Connect this
tube on both F.R.L. unit and factory compressed air source.

5.2.3 Settings
2
1. Unlocking the adjusting knob by pulling it upward.
1
2. To increase the pressure, turn the knob clockwise.
To decrease the pressure, turn it counter clockwise.
The operational pressure should be kept at 5 bar.
3. When the setting is finished, lock the knob by
3 pressing it downward.

GT 326
 5- 4 Chapter 5 PNEUMATICS

5.3 SOLENOID VALVE MANIFOLD

The solenoid valve manifold consists control and pressure monitoring elements of the bar
feeder pneumatic circuit. Open its cover to press those bottoms if needed.
5.3.1 Layout of the elements

SP1
<Electrical cabinet>
<Electrical cabinet>

YV11
YV5

YV3

YV6

YV1
YV2B
YV2A

B B
A

Designation Output Part no. Description

A φ8mm air inlet (from F.R.L.
C13110500
combination)
B C13121800 Air outlet / silencers
SP1 X11 C11121400 Pressure switch (PE converter)
YV11 Y17 Second front rest (optional)
YV5 Y13 Air blast
YV3 Y10 Material clamping device (vice)
C11110100
YV6 Y14 First front rest
YV1 Y04 TOP CUT measuring device/ Material
loading
YV2A Y05 Guiding channel opening
C11110200
YV2B Y06 Guiding channel closing

GT 326
 Chapter 5 PNEUMATICS 5 - 5

5.3.2 Solenoid valve

Directly controlled by the PLC, the solenoid valves activate the cylinders.
Press button A to activate the cylinders manually. This button could be kept at the activation
position by pressing it down and turning 90° clockwise. This position could be released by
turning it 90° counter clockwise. This device is proved to be useful during testing or connection.
Normal pneumatic cylinder returns to its original position when releasing the button (except for
pneumatic cylinder activated by double-effect solenoid valve).

5.3.3 Air pressure switch, SP1

To guarantee the compressed air is supplied to the bar feeder,

the pressure switch serves to confirm the pressure is existing.
The pressure switch engages when the pressure is larger than
4 kgf/cm2. If the pressure is below 4 kgf/cm2, the switch will
disengage and the emergency stop circuit will be interrupted.
Alarm AL05 then arise.

GT 326
 5- 6 Chapter 5 PNEUMATICS

5.4 MAINTENANCE
The pneumatic system should be regularly maintained in order to ensure the system is powered
by qualified compressed air. We recommend the user to check the F.R.L. combination every
week as instructed below.
1. Check the condensate collector:
The condensate collector is a measure of the compressed air quality. A qualified air should not
produce any condensate inside the collector.
The collector has an automatic drain plug. When there is no pressure inside the F.R.L. system,
the drain plug is activated by the spring and the condensate released.
For users who always connect the compressed air, a manual draining is needed. Whenever the
condensate is found inside the collector, drain the condensate by pushing the plug upward to
open the drain plug and drain.
2. Check lubricator:
The oil consumption varies with the bar feeder applications. The oil height should not exceed
half of the oil cup. It is recommended to use oil ISO VG 32. When the oil is less than 30%, follow
the procedures below to refill it.

Steps:
1. Disconnect the air inlet tube.
2. Remove the plug and fill the oil up to the position shown on the figure.
3. For the best performance, the oil should be adjusted based on the actual situation. Set the

amount if oil dripping by using and on the remote control.

4. Connect the air inlet tube and turn air source on.

Oil refill plug

Oil dribbling nozzle

Decrease
Increase oil oil dripping
dripping

Keep the oil level

around this position

GT 326
 Chapter 6 HYDRAULICS 6 - 1

6. HYDRAULICS
6.1. GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS
The hydraulic pump injects the oil into the space between running bar stock and guiding channel
elements hence achieve functions below:
1. To keep the bar stock positioned at central of the channel.
2. To reduce friction between running bar stock and the guiding channel.
3. To absorb the vibration created during machining.
A pressure sensor detects the pressure at the outlet of the pump. A level allows the monitoring of
the oil level of the hydraulic tank.
6.2. LAYOUT OF THE ELEMENTS

C, E
M1
SP2 D

Designation Description
A Remnant box
B Guiding channels
C Oil tank
D Level
E Drain plug (Underneath the oil tank)
M1 Hydraulic pump motor
SP2 Hydraulic pressure sensor (Option)

GT 326
 6- 2 Chapter 6 HYDRAULICS

6.3. DESCRIPTIONS OF THE ELEMENTS

6.3.1. Hydraulic pump motor, M1
The hydraulic pump is powered by 3 phases 220V AC. It powered on immediately when conditions
below are satisfied:
1. Bar feeder is in automatic mode.
2. Guiding channel is closed.
If one of the following conditions is fulfilled, the hydraulic pump will turn OFF immediately:
1. Bar feeder is switched to manual mode.
2. Guiding channel is opened.
3. First front rest opens and PB08 is set “0”.
6.3.2. Remnant box
The box gathers remnants removed by the material clamping device. It is located between the
bar feeder body and oil tank. The maximum available remnant length is 300mm.
The available capacity of the box depends on remnant diameter and length. The box should be
checked and emptied regularly to ensure the box is not overfilled. An overfilled remnant box might
cause problems below:
1. The recycled oil might be interrupted and spill out.
2. The remnants might be lying between the material clamping space and interrupt the next bar
stock insertion.
3. The box might be too heavy to be moved.
It is recommended to keep the height of the remnant hip under the opening.

The opening of remnant box

GT 326
 Chapter 6 HYDRAULICS 6 - 3

6.3.3. Hydraulic pressure switch, SP2 (Option)

The pressure is continuously monitoring by a pressure switch set on the bar feeder. Whenever
the hydraulic pressure is lower than the value setup, alarm AL04 arises and the bar feeder running
will be interrupted simultaneously with the next chuck open.
6.3.4. Oil filling and draining
The bar feeder is delivered without oil. Hydraulic oil of any type indicated below must be provided
by the client. The oil should be filled into bar feeder before running. Pour the oil into the oil tank
directly as shown. The oil height should be kept around H mark on the level when the hydraulic
pump is not running.

Pour the oil here

Oil level indicator

*Before running your bar feeder, please pour approximately 28 liters of oil into the tank.

Viscosity index (CST@ 40°C / 104°F)

ISO VG 68 61.2 ~ 74.8
ISO VG 100 90.0 ~ 110

Consult your supplier for adequate oil according to the table above. The thicker oil (ISO VG 100)
produces better result. However, the usage of oil where its viscosity exceeds ISO VG 100 is not
recommended.

GT 326
 6- 4 Chapter 6 HYDRAULICS

6.4. MAINTENANCE
The hydraulic oil quality gets worse with the bar feeder system running continuously. The cutting
chips and sludge heap on bottom of the oil tank and will be pumped into the hydraulic system.
Those substances damage the pump, the guiding channel as well as bar stock surface. Therefore,
depends on the bar feeder running status, it is recommended to drain and clean the oil tank at
least once every 6 months. Please follow the procedures below:
1. Power OFF the bar feeder system. Confirm most of the oil return to oil tank.
2. Remove the remnant box.
3. Place a container with sufficient capacity (minimum: 28 liters) underneath the drain plug.
4. Remove the drain plug and drain the oil.
5. When the oil tank is empty, clean the sludge inside the tank and bar feeder.
6. Clean the drain plug. Apply seal on the plug and screw the drain plug in.
7. Refill new oil into the bar feeder according to chapter 6.3.4 until the level indicates oil level
at H. Confirm there is no leaking from the plug.
8. Install the remnant box back.

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 1

7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
7.1 LOADING SYSTEM
GT 326 loading system is composed of bar magazine, loading fingers and the loading cylinder.
This system serves to storage bar stocks and loads them into the guiding channel. In order to
load the bar stocks smoothly during automatic cycles, the loading elements must be properly
set up according to bar stock diameter.

7.1.1 Layout of the elements

D B

E C

F
A

Designation Description
A Limiter locking knob*
B Bar guiding limiter*
C Loading finger adjusting knob
D Loading finger*
E Scale
F Loading cylinder

GT 326
 7- 2 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.1.2 Adjustment
The smooth loading actions are as the following:

Round bar Hex bar Square bar

Without adjusting loading finger each time when changing bar diameter, this advanced loading
system provides best convenience. Please check the dial which directs you the allowable sections
of bar diameter. As you can see in the picture, section A allows bar diameter ranging from 2-4mm,
section B allows bar diameter ranging from 4-7 mm, and section C allows bar ranging from 7-
12mm, section D allows bar diameter from 12-21mm, section E allows bar diameter larger than
21mm.

Release the adjustment knob, move the guiding limiter to the section according to bar diameter,
then fix it. So loading finger will be positioned properly.

Loosen

Lock

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 3

7.2 CHANNEL SET: GUIDING SYSTEM

The guiding system offers functions below:

1. To keep the pusher at the central of the guiding channel axis.

2. To house the moving/rotating components inside.

3. To seal the section of guiding channel with oil injected hence keep the hydraulic system
working performance.

7.2.1 Layout of the elements

A
B

Designation Description
A Guiding channel
B Front tube( for fixed type lathe)
C Telescopic tube( for Swiss type lathe)
D Telescopic tube bushing( for Swiss type lathe)

GT 326
 7- 4 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.2.2 Guiding channel

The channel opening and closing could be operated by the
remote control under manual mode. When the guiding channel
is open, the long pusher is lifted up with the channel cover and
disconnected with the chain. The guiding channel is then
empty hence allows the action of bar loading and first feed.

When the guiding channel is closed, the long pusher is

positioned into guiding channel. The channel cover seals the
guiding channel between clamping device and TOP CUT device. Part of pusher assembly and
bar stock will be completely housed inside. The hydraulic oil is injected into the space between
the guiding channel and pusher/bar stock.
Sets of guiding channel of different dimensions are available. Each dimension of guiding channel
is available to load a range of bar stock dimensions. For best performance of guiding channel, it
is recommended to keep 1mm gap width between bar stock and channel.

7.2.2.1 Channel set selection guide

How to read the channel set part number?

Channel size Channel set
Model
xx (mm) Standard pusher Extended pusher
2.5M XA1.31.A001B.xx XA1.31.A105B.xx
Bar Feeder
LtoRF

3.2M XA1.31.A015A.xx XA1.31.A101B.xx

12’ (3.7M) XA1.31.A017A.xx XA1.31.A103B.xx
4M 08, 11, 14, 16, 17, 19, XA1.31.A019A.xx
2.5M 21, 23, 25, 27, 29 XA1.31.A002B.xx XA1.31.A106B.xx
Bar Feeder
RtoLF

3.2M XA1.31.A016A.xx XA1.31.A102B.xx

12’ (3.7M) XA1.31.A018A.xx XA1.31.A104B.xx
4M XA1.31.A020A.xx

Channel dimension

When mounting the channel, this

tip must be placed toward the bar
feeder front side.

The maximum bar stock diameter for GT 326 is 26 mm.

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 5

7.2.3 Front tube/telescopic tube

The front tube or telescopic tube (also called telescope) functions as an extension of guiding
channel. It performs function of guiding channel between the bar feeder and the lathe so it is
installed them.

Stretching

Retracting

Front tube Telescopic tube

The front tube is a tube with fixed length. It serves specifically for fixed type lathe. The
telescopic tube could extend and retract. It’s designed specifically for Swiss type lathe since the
spindle is movable. A liner inside whose dimension must match the pusher. In addition, an oil
collector is mounted under the front / telescopic tube for collecting the leaking oil.

GT 326
 7- 6 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.3 CHANNEL SET: FEEDING SYSTEM

The feeding system consists of the pusher assembly and chain transmission device. With this
system, the motor drives the pusher forward and backward hence achieve the functions below:

1. Bar insertion

2. Bar feeding and moving

3. Remnant retraction

7.3.1 Layout of the elements

B A

C D

E
F

Designation Description
A Flag
B Short pusher
C Long pusher
D Pusher hook
E Rotating joint
F Finger chuck
G Channel

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 7

7.3.2 Pusher assembly

Pusher set is carried by the chain. It includes the first feeder and long pusher.
The first feeder is always connected with the chain no matter the channel is open or closed.
When the channel is closed, it simply follows the movement of the long pusher. When the
channel is open, it mainly serves to position a bar stock to the insertion position.
The long pusher is a long rod which serves to control the bar stock movement either in the bar
feeder or lathe spindle. When the channel is open, the long pusher is disengaged from the chain
and lifted by the pusher carrier. When the channel is closed, the long pusher engaged with the
chain.
Part of the long pusher is able to extend outside of bar feeder. In the other hand, the pusher
must enter the spindle to get a shortest remnant. During installation, it must be confirmed that
the tip of long pusher is able to reach the rear end of lathe chuck. Therefore, the length of spindle
(Swiss type: stroke) to the back of lathe is taken into account so as to choose a suitable pusher.
LNS offers two specification of pushers as below:
Specification Available length of pusher
Standard 1150mm
Extended 1500mm

7.3.2.1 Pusher set selection guide

Note: Keep 1mm between channel and pusher for optimum feeding.
Channel size >= Pusher size +
1mm

Pusher set
Pusher size
LtoRF bar feeder RtoLF bar feeder
xx (mm)
Standard Extended Standard Extended
07,10,13,
15,16,18,
XA1.15.A005A.xx XA1.15.A001B.xx XA1.15.A006A.xx XA1.15.A002B.xx
20,22,24,26,
28

Once the customer needs to change the bar size, the following parts: Channel set,
Pusher Set and Front tube/telescopic tube bushing) must be replaced accordingly.

GT 326
 7- 8 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Take 3.2M, LtoRF bar feeder, installed with standard or extended pusher for example:

Channel Standard pusher Front tube / Telescopic tube bushing

Channel set
size Extended pusher Fixed type Swiss type
XA1.31.A015A.08 XA1.15.A005A.07
8 STT08-120/260/310/400 XT193060800
XA1.31.A101B.08 XA1.15.A001B.07
XA1.31.A015A.11 XA1.15.A005A.10
11 STT11-length XT193061100
XA1.31.A101B.11 XA1.15.A001B.10
XA1.31.A015A.14 XA1.15.A005A.13
14 STT14-length XT193061400
XA1.31.A101B.14 XA1.15.A001B.13
XA1.31.A015A.16 XA1.15.A005A.15
16 STT16-length XT193061600
XA1.31.A101B.16 XA1.15.A001B.15
XA1.31.A015A.17 XA1.15.A005A.16
17 STT17-length XT193061700
XA1.31.A101B.17 XA1.15.A001B.16
XA1.31.A015A.19 XA1.15.A005A.18
19 STT19-length XT193061900
XA1.31.A101B.19 XA1.15.A001B.18
XA1.31.A015A.21 XA1.15.A005A.20
21 STT21-length XT193062100
XA1.31.A101B.21 XA1.15.A001B.20
XA1.31.A015A.23 XA1.15.A005A.22
23 STT23-length XT193062300
XA1.31.A101B.23 XA1.15.A001B.22
XA1.31.A015A.25 XA1.15.A005A.24
25 STT25-length XT193062500
XA1.31.A101B.25 XA1.15.A001B.24
XA1.31.A015A.27 XA1.15.A005A.26
27 STT27-length XT193062700
XA1.31.A101B.27 XA1.15.A001B.26
XA1.31.A015A.29 XA1.15.A005A.28
29 STT29- length XT193062900
XA1.31.A101B.29 XA1.15.A001B.28

<Example 1>

A Fixed type lathe is equipped with 3.2M, LtoRF bar feeder, installing with 17mm channel set
and standard pusher set.
Please select channel set XA1.31.A015A.17, pusher set XA1.15.A005A.16 and front tube STT17
(Tube length is decided by lathe model or customers’ preference).

<Example 2>

A Swiss type lathe is equipped with 3.7M, RtoLF bar feeder, installing with 27mm channel set
and extended pusher set.
Please select channel set XA1.31.A104B.27, pusher set XA1.15.A002B.26 and telescopic tube
bushing XT193062700 (Tube type is decided by lathe model or customers’ preference).

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 9

7.3.3 Rotating joint

The rotating joint is mounted on tip of the long pusher and serves to connect static part (pusher
rod) and rotating part (finger chuck). This part decides if both ends of the bar stock rotates at the
same speed. Due to its function, this part becomes the most critical index of bar feed system
performance. A bad rotating joint could results in serious vibration and big noise. The user is
strongly recommended to inspect its status regularly in order to keep the bar feeder running at
the best performance.

Part number FL-07850

A : Thread for mounting
M5XP0.8
finger chuck
B : Overall diameter, mm 10
C : Overall length, mm 64
D : Thread for mounting
M7XP0.75
pusher rod
Available channel set 11,14
Part number FL-15800
A : Thread for mounting
M9XP1.0
finger chuck
B : Overall diameter, mm 14.9
C : Overall length, mm 91.5
D : Thread for mounting
M12XP1.25
pusher rod
Available channel set 17, 19
Part number FL-20800
A : Thread for mounting
M9XP1.0
finger chuck
B : Overall diameter, mm 20
C : Overall length, mm 91.5
D : Thread for mounting
M12XP1.25
pusher rod
Available channel set 21, 23, 25
Part number FL-25800
A : Thread for mounting
M9XP1.0
finger chuck
B : Overall diameter, mm 24.7
C : Overall length, mm 98.5
D : Thread for mounting
M12XP1.25
pusher rod
Available channel set 27, 29

GT 326
 7 - 10 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.3.4 Finger chuck

The finger chuck is the part to keep the connection between the bar stock and the pusher. When
the lathe spindle is turning, the bar stock is supported by lathe chuck and finger chuck. In order
to get a good support during machining, the finger chuck must be properly selected according to
the bar stock dimension.

Different types of finger component are available for different applications:

⚫ Standard type

The standard type finger chuck is a cylinder

with flexible jaws that are able to clamp bar
stock tip. Each finger chuck matches a specific
bar stock dimension only. For profiled bar
stock, the finger chuck diameter must be
selected according to the virtual circle created
by the bar stock corners. Refer to table below
(This photo is for reference only!)
for dimension conversion.
Finger chuck dimension
Part number Channel size, mm Outside diameter B, D (R/L)
Dimension C, mm Length A, mm
mm
FR/L-07030 14 11 3.00 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07032 14 11 3.20 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07035 14 11 3.50 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07038 14 11 3.80 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07040 14 11 4.00 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07042 14 11 4.20 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07045 14 11 4.50 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07048 14 11 4.80 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07050 14 11 5.00 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07052 14 11 5.20 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07055 14 11 5.50 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07058 14 11 5.80 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07060 14 11 6.00 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07062 14 11 6.20 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07065 14 11 6.50 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07068 14 11 6.80 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07070 14 11 7.00 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07072 14 11 7.20 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07075 14 11 7.50 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07078 14 11 7.80 9.5 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07080 14 11 8.00 10 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07082 14 11 8.20 10 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07085 14 11 8.50 10 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-12030 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 3.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12032 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 3.20 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12035 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 3.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12038 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 3.80 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12040 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 4.00 15 60 M9xP1.0

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 11

Finger chuck dimension

Part number Channel size, mm Outside diameter B, D (R/L)
Dimension C, mm Length A, mm
mm
FR/L-12042 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 4.20 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12045 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 4.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12048 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 4.80 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12050 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 5.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12052 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 5.20 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12055 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 5.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12058 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 5.80 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12060 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 6.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12062 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 6.20 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12065 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 6.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12068 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 6.80 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12070 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 7.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12072 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 7.20 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12075 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 7.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12078 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 7.80 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12080 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 8.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12082 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 8.20 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12085 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 8.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12088 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 8.80 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12090 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 9.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12092 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 9.20 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12095 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 9.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12098 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 9.80 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12100 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 10.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12102 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 10.20 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12105 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 10.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12108 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 10.80 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12110 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 11.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12112 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 11.20 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12115 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 11.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12118 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 11.80 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12120 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 12.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12122 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 12.20 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12125 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 12.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12128 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 12.80 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12130 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 13.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12132 29 27 25 23 21 19 13.20 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12135 29 27 25 23 21 19 13.50 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12138 29 27 25 23 21 19 13.80 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12140 29 27 25 23 21 19 14.00 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12142 29 27 25 23 21 19 14.20 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12145 29 27 25 23 21 19 14.50 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12148 29 27 25 23 21 19 14.80 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12150 29 27 25 23 21 19 15.00 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12152 29 27 25 23 21 15.20 19 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12155 29 27 25 23 21 15.50 19 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12158 29 27 25 23 21 15.80 19 60 M9xP1.0

GT 326
 7 - 12 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Finger chuck dimension

Part number Channel size, mm Outside diameter B, D (R/L)
Dimension C, mm Length A, mm
mm
FR/L-12160 29 27 25 23 21 16.00 19 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12162 29 27 25 23 21 16.20 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12165 29 27 25 23 21 16.50 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12168 29 27 25 23 21 16.80 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12170 29 27 25 23 21 17.00 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12172 29 27 25 23 21 17.20 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12175 29 27 25 23 21 17.50 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12178 29 27 25 23 21 17.80 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12180 29 27 25 23 21 18.00 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12182 29 27 25 23 21 18.20 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12185 29 27 25 23 18.50 22 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12188 29 27 25 23 18.80 22 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12190 29 27 25 23 19.00 22 60 M9xP1.0

The maximum bar stock diameter for GT 326 is 26 mm.

⚫ A type

The A type finger chuck is actually standard finger chuck with enlarged outside diameter on the
clamping section. This design offers better strength and only available for few selected dimension.
For general application, to use standard type is enough.

Channel size, Finger chuck dimension

Part number D (R/L)
mm Inside diameter C mm Outside diameter B mm Length A mm
FR/L-07055A 14 5.50 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07056A 14 5.60 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07058A 14 5.80 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07060A 14 6.00 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07061A 14 6.10 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07063A 14 6.30 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07064A 14 6.40 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07065A 14 6.50 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07068A 14 6.80 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07070A 14 7.00 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07072A 14 7.20 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07073A 14 7.30 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07075A 14 7.50 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07078A 14 7.80 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07079A 14 7.90 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07080A 14 8.00 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07081A 14 8.10 12 45 M5xP0.8

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 13

Channel size, Finger chuck dimension

Part number D (R/L)
mm Inside diameter C mm Outside diameter B mm Length A mm
FR/L-07082A 14 8.20 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07083A 14 8.30 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07084A 14 8.40 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07085A 14 8.50 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07086A 14 8.60 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07087A 14 8.70 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07088A 14 8.80 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07089A 14 8.90 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07090A 14 9.00 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07091A 14 9.10 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07092A 14 9.20 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07093A 14 9.30 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07094A 14 9.40 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07095A 14 9.50 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07096A 14 9.60 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07097A 14 9.70 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07098A 14 9.80 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07099A 14 9.90 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07100A 14 10.00 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07105A 14 10.50 12 45 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07110A 14 11.00 13 45 M5xP0.8

The maximum bar stock diameter for GT 326 is 26 mm.

⚫ C type

This type is specifically designed for tubes. Instead

of jaws, the C type finger chuck has a core which
could be inserted into tubes. Like finger chuck, each
C type finger also fits one dimension tube only.
(This photo is for reference only!)

Finger chuck dimension

Part number Channel size, mm Outside diameter B, Length A, D (R/L)
Dimension C, mm
mm mm
FR/L-07055C 14 11 5.50 10 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07060C 14 11 6.00 10 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07065C 14 11 6.50 10 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07070C 14 11 7.00 10 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07075C 14 11 7.50 10 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07080C 14 11 8.00 10 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07085C 27 25 23 21 19 17 8.50 15 50 M5xP0.8

GT 326
 7 - 14 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Finger chuck dimension

Part number Channel size, mm Outside diameter B, Length A, D (R/L)
Dimension C, mm
mm mm
FR/L-07090C 27 25 23 21 19 17 9.00 15 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07095C 27 25 23 21 19 17 9.50 15 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07100C 27 25 23 21 19 17 10.00 15 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07105C 27 25 23 21 19 17 10.50 15 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-07110C 27 25 23 21 19 17 11.00 15 50 M5xP0.8
FR/L-12090C 27 25 23 21 19 17 9.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12095C 27 25 23 21 19 17 9.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12100C 27 25 23 21 19 17 10.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12105C 27 25 23 21 19 17 10.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12110C 27 25 23 21 19 17 11.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12115C 27 25 23 21 19 17 11.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12120C 27 25 23 21 19 17 12.00 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12125C 27 25 23 21 19 17 12.50 15 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12130C 27 25 23 21 19 13.00 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12135C 27 25 23 21 19 13.50 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12140C 27 25 23 21 19 14.00 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12145C 27 25 23 21 19 14.50 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12150C 27 25 23 21 19 15.00 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12155C 27 25 23 21 19 15.50 18 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12160C 27 25 23 21 16.00 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12165C 27 25 23 21 16.50 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12170C 27 25 23 21 17.00 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12175C 27 25 23 21 17.50 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12180C 27 25 23 21 18.00 20 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12185C 27 25 23 18.50 22 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12190C 27 25 23 19.00 22 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12195C 27 25 23 19.50 22 60 M9xP1.0
FR/L-12200C 27 25 23 20.00 22 60 M9xP1.0

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 15

⚫ Push type

The push type cone supports the bar stock tip by

a corn shaped sinking instead of clamping it. The
main purpose of using push type finger is to get a
closer fit between the bar stock and guiding
channel. (This photo is for reference only!)

When this type of finger chuck is selected, the service parameter must be set up accordingly
(refer to chapter 8 for further information). During bar change process, the bar feed system
reload a new bar while the last part is under machining. When the last part finished, the new bar
stock ejects the remnant out of the chuck. Another method is have pusher ejected remnant out
of the chuck after past part is finished.

Part Number Channel size, mm Outside diameter A, mm Length L, mm X, mm D(R/L)

STP51010 11 10 45 4 M5XP0.8
STP51210 14 12 45 4 M5XP0.8
STP51310 14 13 45 4 M5XP0.8
STP51510 16 15 60 6 M9XP1.0
STP51610 17 16 60 6 M9XP1.0
STP51810 19 18 60 6 M9XP1.0
STP52010 21 20 60 6 M9XP1.0
STP52210 23 22 60 6 M9XP1.0
STP52410 25 24 60 6 M9XP1.0
STP52610 27 26 60 6 M9XP1.0

The maximum bar stock diameter for GT 326 is 26 mm.

GT 326
 7 - 16 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

⚫ ST type

The ST type is similar to A type. Only available for

bigger channel dimension set.

Finger chuck dimension

Part number Channel size Dimension C, D (R/L)
Outside diameter B, mm Length A, mm
mm
ST(R)22180 29 27 25 23 18.0 22 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)22185 29 27 25 23 18.5 22 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)22190 29 27 25 23 19.0 22 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)22195 29 27 25 23 19.5 22 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)23200 29 27 25 20.0 23 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)23205 29 27 25 20.5 23 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)23210 29 27 25 21.0 23 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)26215 29 27 21.5 26 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)26220 29 27 22.0 26 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)26225 29 27 22.5 26 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)26230 29 27 23.0 26 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)26235 29 27 23.5 26 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)28240 29 24.0 28 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)28245 29 24.5 28 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)28250 29 25.0 28 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)28255 29 25.5 28 60 M9xP1.0
ST(R)28260 29 26.0 28 60 M9xP1.0

The maximum bar stock diameter for GT 326 is 26 mm.

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 17

⚫ Finger chuck with rotating joint type

This set is combined with a finger chuck and a rotating joint. Only (This photo is for reference only!)
available for smaller channel dimension set! (i.e. channel 8mm
+ pusher 7mm)

Finger chuck dimension

Part number Channel size, mm D (R/L)
Inside diameter C, mm Outside diameter B, mm Length A, mm
FR/L- 04030 8 3.00 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04031 8 3.10 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04032 8 3.20 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04033 8 3.30 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04034 8 3.40 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04035 8 3.50 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04036 8 3.60 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04037 8 3.70 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04038 8 3.80 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04039 8 3.90 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04040 8 4.00 5 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04042 8 4.20 7 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04045 8 4.50 7 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04048 8 4.80 7 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04050 8 5.00 7 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04052 8 5.20 7 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04055 8 5.50 7 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04058 8 5.80 7 28.5 M4xP0.7
FR/L- 04060 8 6.00 7 28.5 M4xP0.7

The maximum bar stock diameter for GT 326 is 26 mm.

GT 326
 7 - 18 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.4 CHANNEL SET CHANGEOVER PROCEDURE

The channel set is composed of components of guiding system (chapter 7.2) and feeding
system (chapter 7.3). Once the bar stock diameter exceeds the available dimension of the
channel. The whole channel set elements must be replaced.

7.4.1 Layout of the elements

7.4.2 Changeover procedures

Please don’t shut down bar feeder to ensure the pusher position is read
correctly and make sure there is no bar stock in the finger chuck.

1. Press to switch bar feeder into manual mode

2. Press to close channel and press to move pusher through vise (PB02+150mm).

3. Press to open channel.

4. Press emergency stop button to stop any action.

5. Take out pusher, first feeder and remove pusher hook.

Loosen the hook

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 19

6. Replace channels.
7. Install rotating joint and finger chuck on pusher.

Rotating joint

Finger chuck

8. Install first feeder and put pusher back in channels.

9. Install pusher hooks.

10. Press and to resume emergency stop.

11. Press to close channels and press to move pusher back home.
12. Change the channel size setup on parameter P01.
13. If configured with Fixed type lathe, please replace front tube; Swiss type lathe, please
replace the PE bushing of telescopic tube.
14. End.

Only replace front joint and finger chuck:

1. Follow the above steps 1 to 4.
2. Take out pusher
3. Replace the rotating joint and the finger chuck.
4. Put pusher back in the channels.

5. Press and to resume emergency stop.

6. Press to close channels and press to move pusher back home.

7. End.

GT 326
 7 - 20 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.5 CHAIN

7.5.1 Adjustment of the chain tension

Depends on the application, the chain might get elongated after running a period of time and the
chain needs to be tightened again.

1. Loosen screw A and remove the clamping plate A

2. Slightly loosen all the four screw B (about half to one turn)

3. Turn screw C clockwise by using a wrench to tighten the chain

4. After finish, tighten screws B and lock with clamping plate A

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 21

7.6 VISE

Vise (material clamping device) is used to fix material for insertion or retraction. Independently
of bar diameter or bar profile, the clamping blades are invariably the same and do not require
any adjustment.

7.6.1 Layout of the elements

A
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
B z
z
z
Designation Description z
A Clamping blades z
B Clamping device cylinder

7.6.2 Replacement of the blades

A
The clamping blades must be replaced when worn out.
Proceed the procedures below :

1. Unscrew the screws (A) then removed the worn blades (B).

2. Install the new blades and tighten with the removed screw. B

GT 326
 7 - 22 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.7 BAR MEASURING DEVICE

The term TOP CUT presents both the action and the position of the bar tip machining process
which a new bar stock is just loaded into the lathe. The purpose is to get rid of unqualified tip
surface and get the correct reference for positioning bar stock during machining. Generally this
process will be proceeded in the bar change sub-program once for each bar stock. Depends on
the tooling layout, this position could be placed at any position outside the lathe chuck.
Generally 30 to 50mm from the lathe chuck surface.

The bar measuring device serves to measure the distance that a bar stock been pushed out of
the bar feeder. During bar feeder loading cycle, the bar measuring cylinder activates and
positions the bar measuring flag on front opening of the guiding channel as soon as the loading
fingers activated. When the bar feed system advances the bar stock forward and the bar tip
surface hits the flag, the PLC reads the signal from the bar measuring sensor and starts to
measure the bar stock moving distance. When the bar tip arrives TOP CUT position (parameter
P05), a START signal will be sent through relay A2 to the lathe. Then the pusher either keep
moving forward or holds at the position according to the service parameter set up.

Since the bar measuring sensor is only activated by the bar tip surface, please note that the
TOP CUT distance is independently from the bar stock length. Once the bar feeder position is
fixed, the TOP CUT position is only related to the distance from the bar feeder to the lathe chuck
surface.
Bar measuring flag

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 23

7.8 HEADSTOCK SYNCHRONIZATION DEVICE (OPTIONAL)

The synchronization device has a built-in sensor for reading its own guide rail movement and
feedback to PLC. When it’s mechanically connected with the headstock and the function was
activated in the bar feeder, the pusher movement is synchronized with the headstock during
automatic mode. This mode applied for Swiss type lathe only.

During automatic mode, there are 2 conditions for the feeding system:

1 Without synchronization device:

The feeding system pushes forward all the time either the lathe chuck is open or closed. Apply
for both fixed and Swiss type lathe.

2 With synchronization device (optional):

When chuck is closed, the feeding system movement is synchronized with the spindle. When
the chuck is open, the feeding system feeds forward all the time. This mode applied for Swiss
type lathe only. For safety reason, a torque stop interface signal is available for stopping the
pusher when chuck is open.

Synchronization
device*

*The location of the device installed will depend on the type of lathe.

GT 326
 7 - 24 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.9 FRONT REST

The front rest devices serves to constrict the rotating bar stock on central of the bar feeder so
vibration can be reduced to minimum.

One standard front rest device (first front rest) is mounted on front of the bar feed system.

7.9.1 The first front rest

7.9.1.1 Layout of the elements

Designation Description
A Anti-vibration V-block
B Adjusting knob
C Clamping adjustment reference

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 25

7.9.1.2 Anti-vibration V-blocks

Adjustment

To avoid friction between the bar stock and blocks, V/O blocks should NEVER clamp the bar stock.
There should be about 1mm gap between them. For profiled bar stocks, the gap should be kept
between V/O blocks surface and the virtual circle formed by bar stock corners.

V and O type blocks of first front rest are designed for different bars applications. V block is better
for round bars, no need to replace the block. O block is better for hex and square bars, but need
to replace the block according to different size of bar.

First front rest

Round bar:V block Hex bar: O block Square bar: O block

⚫ O block

Block Part No. Diameter(ΦA) mm Optimum bar range mm

XA1.07.P061A.08 8 5~6.5
XA1.07.P061A.09 9 6~7.5
XA1.07.P061A.10 10 7~8.5
XA1.07.P061A.11 11 8~9.5
XA1.07.P061A.12 12 9~10.5
XA1.07.P061A.13 13 10~11.5
XA1.07.P061A.14 14 11~12.5
XA1.07.P061A.15 15 12~13.5
XA1.07.P061A.16 16 13~14.5
XA1.07.P061A.17 17 14~15.5
XA1.07.P061A.18 18 15~16.5

GT 326
 7 - 26 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

XA1.07.P061A.19 19 16~17.5
XA1.07.P061A.20 20 17~18.5
XA1.07.P061A.21 21 18~19.5
XA1.07.P061A.22 22 19~20.5
XA1.07.P061A.23 23 20~21.5
XA1.07.P061A.24 24 21~22.5
XA1.07.P061A.25 25 22~23.5
XA1.07.P061A.26 26 23~24.5
XA1.07.P061A.27 27 24~25.5

Clamping adjustment:
1. Switch bar feeder into manual mode.
2. Use HMI to display the setup as below. Press “F0” to switch the front rest into manual
control.

3. Turn the knob counterclockwise to its lowest limit.

4. Load a bar stock and move it forward to exceed the first front rest.
5. Press “channel close” to clamp the V-blocks.
6. Turn the knob clockwise to it become tight. To have optimum clamp, adjust two or three
more turns clockwise to keep clearance between blocks and bar stock.
7. Press “channel open” to open the V-blocks.
8. Move pusher backward to home.
9. Press “manual” to cancel front rest manual control.

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 27

Replacement

1. Switch bar feeder into manual mode.

2. Press the emergency stop button on remote control box to stop any operation.
3. Turn the knob counterclockwise to its lowest limit.

4. Unscrew A and B to remove the side cover.

5. Take out and replace the V-blocks.

6. Before screw A and B, make sure the side cover is tenoned by the cam plate.

7. Resume emergency stop.

GT 326
 7 - 28 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.9.2 The second front rest (Option)

For Swiss type lathe, an optional spindle front rest (second front rest) is available and offered by
request.
7.9.2.1 Adjustment
To avoid friction between the bar stock and front rest rollers, rollers should NEVER clamp the
bar stock. There should be 1mm gap between them. For profiled bar stocks, the gap should be
kept between rollers surface and the virtual circle formed by bar stock corners.

Round bar Hex bar Square bar

Clamping adjustment:
1. Feed a bar stock into lathe, have the chuck clamp the bar and then slowly rotate the
spindle.
2. Press the set button “A” on solenoid valve YV11 and fix it at activation position.

YV11
A

3. Loosen the lock nut “B” of clamping adjustment screw.

Lock nut B

4. Turn the screw slowly till the rollers touch the bar surface slightly and then reverse it 1
to 2 turns to keep clearance.
5. Release the button “A” on valve. Then press/ release the button time and again while
lathe is rotating at different speed. Make sure the bar stock doesn’t touch the roller,
and then lock the nut.

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 29

7.10 AIR BLAST RING AND OIL COLLECT PLATE

The air blast ring is mounted over the bar feed system exit which driven by solenoid valve YV5.
It serves to build an air curtain which creates forceful air turbulence on the bar stock surface
when the bar stock pass through it. The turbulence functions as a virtual seal which keeps the
hydraulic oil inside the air curtain.

The air blast right blows at 2 situations below:

1. Anytime when the pusher is moving forward either manually or automatically.

2. While the bar feeder is doing FIRST FEED.

Air blast ring*

Oil collect plate (optional)

*Note: The air blast ring should be installed at the right direction. The larger circle is inside.

GT 326
 7 - 30 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.11 LATHE CONNECTING PARTS

The lathe connecting parts, or simply called connecting parts, are composed of brackets which
serve to connect the lathe spindle and bar feed system. One end of the connecting parts set is
always attached to the lathe spindle. The other end of connecting parts set could be connected
either with optional second front rest or simply the front tube / telescopic tube.

The connecting parts design varies with the lathe type and brand. Diagram of connecting parts
shipped with the bar feeder was placed inside the accessories box. Refer to the diagram to do
the installation.

Designation Description
A Connecting parts
B Second front rest (option)
C Front tube or telescopic tube

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 31

7.12 RETRACTION DEVICE (Option)

It is strictly prohibited to use the retraction system before the bar

feeder is anchored to the ground. Please read the safety instructions
provided at the beginning of this manual before handling the following
devices.

Before handling the retraction mechanism, check to see that the

interface cables between the spindle and the bar feeder are long
enough.

7.12.1 Description
When a lathe is equipped with a bar feeder, certain elements (motors, spindle reduction tubes,
etc.) become inaccessible, and sometimes it is difficult, or even impossible, to proceed with their
maintenance. To facilitate these tasks, the bar feeder can be equipped with a retraction system,
which allows the operator to move it. The rigidity of the system guarantees a perfect alignment
when the bar feeder is in working position. Safety switches impede any handling as long as the
bar feeder is not in operational position.

7.12.2 Operation
Conditions:
- Bar feeder in MANUAL or STOP mode.
- No bar between the bar feeder and the lathe
- Pusher inside the bar feeder
- The area around the bar feeder must be clear
Procedure:
1. Loosen the 8 lock screws (A) on the two stands.
2. Loosen and remove the 4 lock screws (B) behind the two stands.
3. Pull the bar feeder back. Both of the safety switches SQ10 and SQ10a will engage.
(Refer to chapter 4.7)
4. After completing the maintenance operations, bring the bar feeder back in working position,
lock the side screws (A) and the screws (B). (max. 75 Nm). Check if SQ10 and SQ10a
operates correctly. (Refer to chapter 4.7)

B B

A A

GT 326
 7 - 32 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

7.13 BAR PREPARATION

Bar preparation is the machining process which changes the shape of bar tip. It aims to get an
improved insertion process during automatic process. The bar preparation must be selected
according to the finger component the user chose. We recommend customers proceed bar
preparation in advance for best machining performance.

Chamfering

The very basic and necessary preparation. It’s strongly

recommended to apply this machining on each bar
stock when a finger chuck is selected.

Turning down

Due to strength concern, the maximum finger chuck

size within a guiding channel specification is limited
by its own wall thickness and therefore the
maximum loaded bar stock diameter is limited. To
maximize the bar stock diameter, the user is
recommended to turn down the bar tip as shown.
The maximum bar stock diameter should be kept
1mm below the guiding channel.

Shaping

When the push type finger chuck is selected, the bar

preparation should be proceeded as shown. Cone

angle: 60

GT 326
 Chapter 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 - 33

7.14 SPINDLE LINER

* LNS does not provide the spindle liner.

The spindle liner acts as an extension of guiding system. It fills the gap between the pusher/bar
stock and spindle inner surface hence constrict the space of vibration. The spindle liner serves
to support the pusher and bar stock inside the spindle when the spindle inner diameter is larger
then pusher’s. The bar feed system is delivered without spindle liner. The spindle liner is not a
must but strongly recommended to be prepared and installed by the customer.

7.14.1 Design
The material could be either steel or plastic like Teflon or PE. Both single tube and combination
of multiple pieces of short tubes are available. The only target is to cover the whole spindle
length as complete as possible.

Below we suggest multiple spindle liner. Two kinds of spindle liner are needed:

Model B

n X Model A

Model A

Type A is supposed to be repeatedly inserted into spindle which fills

most of its overall length.

<Dimension>

1. Overall length L: Obtained by divided the spindle length by the

quantity the user wants to make. Generally the length of each length
could be 50 ~ 100mm.

2. OD1: The outside diameter of the spindle liner. Generally 1mm smaller than the spindle
inner diameter.

3. ID: The inner diameter of the spindle liner. Generally 1mm larger than the bar stock outside
diameter.

4. t :For reference only. Generally the thickness should not be smaller than 5mm.

GT 326
 7 - 34 Ch 7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Model B

The one which seals the rear end of the spindle. There are 3 different designs available of the
last piece. Select the mode which fit the lathe spindle or consult us for technical support.

Model B.1 Model B.2 Model B.3

Model B.1

All the dimensions are same as Model A except:

 OD2: 1 or 2mm larger than the spindle inner diameter.

 Entrance chamfer C: C = 0.5 X t

Model B.2

All the dimensions are same as Model A except for:

 OD2: 1 or 2mm larger than the spindle inner dimension by entwining tape
on the surface

 Entrance chamfer C: C = 0.5 X t

Model B.3

This type could be applied when there are screw holes on rear end of
the spindle. The user can make a ring to stop the spindle. The inner
diameter of this ring should be located between the outside and inner
diameter of the spindle liner.

All the dimensions are same as Model A except :

 Entrance chamfer C : C = 0.5 X t

GT 326
 Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 1

8 OPERATIONS

8.1 REMOTE CONTROL OPERATION

The remote control offers interface signal indicating LEDs and buttons for operating bar feeding
system when it’s in MANUAL mode.

8.1.1 Signal display area

Emergency Stop

Function keys

Emergency stop
When a dangerous situation arises, pressing the emergency stop button
immediately interrupts the bar feeder. The bar feeder will send alarm
signal to the lathe and interrupt the lathe if interface is wired accordingly.
Error message e01 will be shown on the HMI display.
To cancel the alarm, release the button by rotating it clockwise and
pressing the MANUAL mode key.
Auto ready/Auto start
To switch the bar feeder to AUTOMATIC mode, please press "Auto ready

(PLC X17)" then "Auto start (PLC X20)" button in 3 seconds,

the key LED are ON. The bar feeder will be switched to AUTOMATIC
mode.
To switch to AUTOMATIC mode, one of the following conditions must be
/
fulfilled:
• The channel is closed and the pusher is NOT at home position.
- OR -
• The channel is open and the pusher is at home position and the
measurement device in upper position (sensor SQ1 ON).

GT 326
8- 2 Chapter 8 OPERATION

Forward
Move the pusher forward. (Available only in STOP or MANUAL mode.)

Backward
Move the pusher backward. (Available only in STOP or MANUAL mode.)

Backward
 To switch bar feeder from MANUAL/AUTOMATIC to STOP mode
and reset bar feeder from any situations.
 To reset bar feeder from an emergency stop.
Open Channel
This button offers three functions:
1. When pusher is at home position and bar feeder is in MANUAL
mode, press this button and channel will open by proceeding
sequence below automatically:
 The long pusher moves forward to P08 extract setup position.
 Vice clamps to check for removing remnant from finger chuck.
Then pusher returns to home position.
 The channel opens.
2. If pusher is not at home position, it should reach at FIRST FEED
+150mm to open channel.
3. Load bar
When the channel is open, press the button again to load a bar and
reset the measurement device.
Close Channel
This button offers two functions:
1. When pusher is less than First feed position and bar feeder is in
MANUAL mode, press this button and channel will close by
proceeding sequence below automatically:
⚫ The short pusher moves forward to exceed First feed position.
⚫ Then the short pusher returns to home position.
⚫ Channel close and the pusher charges forward for insertion.
1. If pusher is already exceeds First feed position, it should reach at
FIRST FEED +150mm to close channel.
Speed Up
When the button is in the lower left corner of the screen, the movement
of FORWARD and BACKWARD will be faster. (Available only in
MANUAL mode.)

GT 326
 Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 3

Slow Down
When the button is in the lower left corner of the screen, the movement
of FORWARD and BACKWARD will be slower. (Available only in
MANUAL mode.)

8.1.2. Interface Display

Status Indicating Area Operation Mode

Bar Feeder Info.

Parameter Setting

Interface Display Manual

 Interface Description

Signal Description
Chuck open Indicates the lathe chuck is open/closed when the LED is ON/OFF.
Start Indicates the START signal is ON/OFF when the LED is ON/OFF.
Bar end Indicates the BAR END signal is ON/OFF when the LED is ON/OFF.

GT 326
 8- 4 Chapter 8 OPERATION

8.2. EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON

When there is a dangerous situation arising. Pressing one of the emergency stop buttons starts
actions below and interrupts the bar fee and the lathe (if interface wired accordingly).

The 3 phases 220V AC to servo amplifier is interrupted.

1. All the output signals of PLC are interrupted except Y04 (input signal of relay R1).
2. An alarm e01 is arising at HMI.

PRESS

Press the emergency button and the bar feeder will stop immediately.

When the emergency situation is fixed, release the emergency stop button and press the manual
key on the remote control to restart the bar feeder.

SWITCH

Switch the emergency button clockwise to reset.

GT 326
 Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 5

8.3. OPERATION PARAMETERS

The operation parameters are most frequently changed parameters for controlling the bar feeder
when it’s in AUTOMATIC mode. All the operation parameters could be changed according to the
machining requirement.

To achieve the best performance, the operator is strongly recommended to read this chapter
before preceding any modification.

8.3.1.Accessing
After selecting the operation parameters the following screen will be displayed:

GT 326
 8- 6 Chapter 8 OPERATION

8.3.2. Description
This parameter should be modified if bar
P01 Feeding force setup
stock dimension changed.
Setup related to feeding force. The overall pushing force is
composed by values of Bar diameter (basic pushing force)
and Torque offset (advanced pushing force).
Bar diameter:
This parameter decides the basic pushing force. Enter the
bar stock diameter currently loaded inside the channel.
Torque offset:
This parameter allows the operator to make adjustment in
case addition pushing force is needed. Set the currently
installed channel set dimension then adjust it according to
actual pushing status.
If 0 is entered here, no additional pushing force will be
added.

This parameter should be modified if bar

P02 Feeding distance setup
stock dimension changed.
Setup related to feeding distance.
Part length:
Overall feeding length needed for making a part. Part length
plus cut off tool width.
This value is for calculation of BAR END position and timing
of sending CYCLE START signal (refer to MODE 15). The
bar feeder will not stop at this distance during feeding. The
lathe must place a stopper inside the lathe for positioning.
<Example>
If the part is 100mm and the cut off tool width is 3mm. The value entered here is 100+3=103.
Retard dist:
The distance where the pusher reduces it’s feeding speed prior to arrive at part length set above
during feeding.
The purpose is to prevent the impact between bar stock and stopper.
<Note>
This setup only applied on general feeding but not TOP CUT feeding.

GT 326
Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 7

This parameter should be reviewed if the

P03 Feeding speed setup
spindle moving speed changed.
Setup related to feeding speed. This parameter results in
operations according to conditions given.
Lathe
Pusher speed
type
Fixed Chuck open Controlled by P03
type
(MODE10=0) Chuck close 2%
MODE13=0 (without MODE13=1 (with
synchronization) synchronization)
SWISS Chuck
type Controlled by P03 Controlled by P03
open
(MODE10=1)
Chuck Controlled by
Controlled by P03
close synchronization

This parameter should be modified if the

P04 Bar change setup
bar feeder is re-installed or moved.
Position: (read only)
The current pusher position measured from home position
sensor SQ2.
Bar end cycle: (read only)
Number of BAR END signals sent to the lathe. For every bar
one BAR END signal is sent. This counter is an indicator for
the total number of loading cycles the bar feeder has
performed.
Bar end point:
⚫ The pusher position where the remaining bar stock length is inadequate to make a
complete part according to P02 setup when the pusher travels to here. Generally, it’s called
BAR END or END of BAR position.
⚫ Setup:
Switch the display to P04.
Move the pusher (with finger chuck installed) forward until it touches against the lathe
chuck. Deduct the value of “Position” on the display by 10 as BAR END position.
⚫ When the pusher arrives this position during AUTOMATIC mode, the bar feeder sends a
BAR END signal to the lathe and proceeds the bar change process accordingly.

GT 326
 8- 8 Chapter 8 OPERATION

This parameter should be modified if the

P05 TOP CUT setup
bar feeder is re-installed or moved.
Position: (read only)
The current pusher position measured from pusher origin
sensor SQ2.
Reference: (read only)
The current bar tip position measured from TOP CUT
measuring device SQ1.
Top cut:
⚫ Definition:
The position where the lathe applied bar tip machining on new loaded bar stock for getting
a better reference surface. The term TOP CUT presents both the machining itself and the
position to proceed it.
⚫ Setup:
Switch the display to P05.
-> Load a new bar stock by Open channel button.
-> Close the channel
-> Move the bar stock into the spindle until the bar tip arrives at the desired position for the
operator.
-> Read value of “Reference” shown and enter TOP CUT.
⚫ This position is specifically measured from sensor SQ1 and for controlling the distance that
the bar top travels from bar feeder. With this configuration, this value is independent from
bar length. Once its set, this value will not need to be changed unless the bar feeder is
moved.
⚫ During automatic cycle, the TOP CUT flag is activated simultaneously with the bar loading
action. When the new bar stock hits the device, the PLC start to counter the distance. When
this distance is reached, the bar feeder stops the pusher and sends a START signal to the
lathe.

P06 Front rest setup

⚫ This page includes parameters for driving front rest
devices and hydraulic pump during AUTOMATIC mode.
⚫ The front rest is a device to minimize the vibration. It
must open before the pusher passes through it to
prevent its rollers damaged by pushers rotating
components.
⚫ The hydraulic pump is recommended to turn OFF when
the bar stock is completely fed out of the guiding
channel.
Position (read only): The current pusher position measured from home position SQ2.
1st: The pusher position where the first front rest opens.
2nd: The pusher position where the hydraulic pump turns OFF.
Option: The pusher position where the second front rest (optional) opens.

GT 326
Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 9

This parameter should be modified if part

P07 Safety setup
dimension is changed.
The maximum/minimum acceptable feeding length for
machining a part.
Too short
The minimum allowable bar feeding distance from chuck
open to close.
Too long_＊
The maximum allowable feeding distance when chuck is
close.
Too long_＃
The maximum allowable bar feeding distance from chuck is
open.
Lathe Type Fixed Type Swiss Type
Too short Part length – 15mm
Too long_＊ Less than part length (Max spindle movement of machining a part) + 15mm
Too long_# Part length + 15mm Less than part length
The setup varies depend on lathe type.

P08 First feed setup

Position: (read only)
The current pusher position measured from sensor SQ2.
1st feed distance:
⚫ The bar stock’s first movement right after it’s loaded into
the bar feeder which proceeded by short pusher.
⚫ This movement is called FIRST FEED. It’s used to
locate the bar rear tip at the insertion position.
⚫ The FIRST FEED must correctly set so that the gap between the bar rear tip and finger
chuck is within 5mm after channel is closed.Pusher move pos:
Pusher moving position presents the distance where :
- The pusher charges forward for inserting the new bar stock into finger chuck.
- The pusher pulls backward for removing the remnant from the finger chuck. With proper bar
preparation, this value is recommended to be 30.

P09 Chuck close postponement

Position: (read only)
The current pusher position measured from sensor SQ2.
1st A1 delay:
⚫ The time postponed for initiating PUSHING FORCE.
⚫ This timer starts to count when the chuck closes after
the pusher arrives at TOP CUT position.
⚫ This parameter is only available when MODE 8 = 1.
<Note> The time unit is 0.1 second. If you want to delay
1 second, please insert 10 here.

GT 326
8 - 10 Chapter 8 OPERATION

P10 Dry run state

If conditions “ manual 、 channel open 、 pusher in home

position(SQ2)、current position is smaller than 5mm、TOP
CUT is activated ” are not satisfied, set P10 dry run ON. The
bar feeder switched to DRY RUN and activates Y07 (R4
auto) without pressing any button on the remote control.

P11 Front rest in manual mode

When bar feeder is under manual mode, use

buttons to control the front rest.
When this parameter is ON (set 1) :
1. By pressing close channel button to close front rest.
2. By pressing open channel button to open front rest.
3. When the bar feeder switched to auto mode or an error
is arose, P11 will be switched OFF automatically.
4. The function of loading in manual mode, channel open
and channel close will be deactivated.

P12 Time for clamping (sec.)

Define if PLC delays reading the motion of lathe chuck.
Use this parameter to make sure the chuck status.
Device to close
Chuck close signal keeps ON as the time goes by, PLC
reads the lathe chuck is already closed.
Device to open
Chuck open signal keeps ON as the time goes by, PLC
reads the lathe chuck is already opened.

P13 Bar change setup

Current Position
The current pusher position measured from home position
SQ2.
Auxiliary End of Bar Position
Depending on the lathe and its options, the auxiliary end of
bar may be used in several ways, for example for the
opening of an external rest. The procedure is the same as
this for the end of bar setting.

GT 326
Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 11

P15 LED setup

When the barfeeder is in normal state, usually the LED is

illuminated.
With this function, user can modify LED to be ON or OFF in
normal state, however, LED will still flash when errors
happen.

GT 326
 8 - 12 Chapter 8 OPERATION

8.4 SERVICE PARAMETERS

Service parameters must only be modified by technicians of or personnel authorized by LNS.
Incorrect setup might cause unexpected malfunction or damage on either bar feeder or lathe.
Accessing these parameters is password protected. Please contact LNS or its official agent in
your country for getting technical support in case any modification is needed.

8.4.1 Accessing
After selecting the operation parameters by pressing F0, the following screen will be displayed:

GT 326
 Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 13

8.4.2 Description
MODE 1 Simulation
When this MODE is ON, the bar feeder runs feeding and bar
change cycles automatically and not controlled by either
interface signals or manual operation.
This MODE is for factory test or exhibition purpose only.
When it’s connected with the lathe, it must always be
turned OFF.
0 - Turn SIMULATION OFF
1 - Turn SIMULATION ON
Run Off

MODE 2, 3, 4, 5 and 28 are related to interface logic setup. Those parameters only
available when related interface wires are connected accordingly.

MODE 2 Chuck signal (A1) logic setup

0- CHUCK signal is ON when chuck is open

1- CHUCK signal is OFF when chuck is open

MODE 3 Part feeding setup

0- Lathe alarm signal is ON when there is an alarm.

1- Lathe alarm signal is OFF when there is an alarm.

MODE 4 Back start signal (A3) logic setup

0- When the BACK START signal is ON, the loading cycle

is initiated.
1- When the BACK START signal is OFF, the loading cycle
is initiated.

GT 326
 8 - 14 Chapter 8 OPERATION

MODE 5 Back start signal (A3) logic setup

0- When the TORQUE STOP signal is ON, the pusher

torque is stopped.
1- When the TORQUE STOP signal is OFF, the pusher
torque is stopped.

MODE 6

This parameter originally left blank.

MODE 7 Bar change setup 1 of 3 (refer to MODE 19 and 12 for further information)
Define the approach of initiating bar change cycle.
0- BACK START signal (A3) initiates the loading cycle.
<Note>
Before the bar change cycle initiated, MODE 12 or TORQUE STOP (A4)
signal decides if pushing force applied on pusher.
1- The loading cycle is initiated according to MODE19 set
up.

MODE 8 TOP CUT positioning approach setup

0- The stopper inside the lathe stops the bar stock at TOP
CUT position.
The bar stock reaches to TOP CUT position, the bar
feeder sends START signal (Y10 is also ON) to the lathe
and the pusher keep pushing forward.
This approach offers the best accuracy of positioning.
1- The pusher positions the bar stock at TOP CUT
position, sends START signal and stops.

MODE 9 Remnant processing setup

0- The remnant retracted inside the bar feeder with auxiliary
of material clamping device.
1- The remnant ejected into the lathe by new bar stock.
<Notice>
The pusher finger chuck should be replaced by push
type accordingly.

GT 326
Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 15

MODE 10 Lathe type setup 1 of 3 (refer to MODE 21, 22 for related setup)

0- The lathe is fixed type.

1- The lathe is Swiss type.

MODE 11 Bar feeder status check

This parameter checks if the bar feeder is in AUTOMATIC

mode when the chuck signal is turned ON/OFF for 3 cycles.
If not, the bar feeder activates the alarm e11.
0- Deactivate this check.
1- Activate this check.

MODE 12 Bar change setup 3 of 3 (refer to MODE 7 and 19 for further information)

Defines pusher action between chuck open and the next bar
feeder action when BAR END signal is currently arising.
0- The pusher keeps pushing with pushing force.
1- The pusher terminates pushing force.

MODE 13 Synchronization device (optional) setup

0- Deactivate synchronization device.

1- Activate synchronization device.

MODE 14 BAR END signal (Y06) setup

Defines the timing to activate BAR END signal.

0- BAR END signal is ON when chuck closed after the last
feeding finished and OFF when START signal ON.
1- BAR END signal is ON when the chuck open after the
last machining finished then START signal is ON.

GT 326
8 - 16 Chapter 8 OPERATION

MODE 15 PLC output contact Y05 setup 1 of 2 (refer to MODE 16 for further information)

0- Y05 is ON when a new bar stock arrives at TOP CUT

position. This signal is called START signal.
1- Y05 acts according to MODE 16 setup.

MODE 16 PLC output contact Y05 setup 2 of 2 (refer to MODE 15 for further information)
This parameter is only available when MODE 15 is set 1.
0- Y05 is ON
- During changeover, pusher pushes new bar to the
top cut position.
- During machining period, when pusher moves forward
and stops over than 1.0 sec after chuck opened, the
“cycle start” signal will be activated.
1- Y05 starts to be ON when a new bar stock arrives TOP
CUT position then OFF when the next loading cycle
initiated.
Signal sent under this condition is called WORKING
signal.

MODE 17 R5 is

Define the signal of output contact Y10.

0- Inching signal arises when output contact Y10 activates.
1- Magazine is empty when output contact Y10 activates.
2- Auxiliary End of Bar signal arises when output contact
Y10 activates.

MODE 18 Front rest setup 2 of 3 (refer to MODE 24, 20)

Define the second front rest device action BEFORE pusher

arrives at it during AUTOMATIC mode.
0- Acts according to chuck signal. The synchronization
device open/close when chuck open/closed.
1- Keep closed.

GT 326
Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 17

MODE 19 Bar change setup 2 of 3 (refer to MODE 7 and 12 for further information)
This setup only validates when MODE 7 set 1. Define the
bar feeder action after the last piece machining is finished
and the lathe chuck is open.
0 - Chuck signal (A1) initiates the loading cycle.
1 - The pusher will be held for 5 seconds before next step
proceeded:
 If the chuck is close in 5 seconds, the next
machining will be proceeded.
 If the chuck is not closed within 5 seconds, the pusher
returns to its origin reference and proceeds bar change
process.
<Note>
Before the bar change cycle initiated, MODE 12 or
TORQUE STOP (A4) signal decides if pushing force
applied on pusher.

MODE 20 Front rest setup 1 of 3 (refer to MODE 24, 18)

Define how the first front rest action during bar change
process.
0- The front rest closes when the TOP CUT device
activated by new bar stock.
1- The front rest closes after feeding is completed and
sends a START signal.

Sensor SQ1 Machining Position

MODE 20

0
OPEN CLOSE
1

MODE 21 Lathe type setup 2 of 3 (refer to MODE 21, 22 for related setup)

0- CNC lathe
1- CAM lathe

GT 326
8 - 18 Chapter 8 OPERATION

MODE 22 Lathe type setup 3 of 3 (refer to MODE 21, 22 for related setup)

0- For the lathes whose brand name are not “EASY”.

1- For the lathes whose brand name are “EASY” only.

MODE 23 HMI display language setup

0- Chinese Traditional
1- English
2- Chinese Simplified

MODE 24 Front rest setup 3 of 3 (refer to MODE 18, 20)

Define the front rest devices (both first and second one)
action after the pusher passes through them.
0- Keep open.
1- Acts according to chuck signal (the front rest devices
open/close when chuck is open/closed.)

P06 1st P06 1st + 250mm

First front
Close Open MODE 24
rest device
0 : Keep open
MODE 18 1 : Acts according
Second
0 : Acts according to chuck to chuck signal.
front rest Open
signal.
device
1 : Keep close

P06 option P06 option + 250 mm

GT 326
Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 19

MODE 25 INCHING setup

The bar feeder system might struggle to position profiled
(hex, square...) bar stocks or round ones without proper
preparation to arrive at TOP CUT position cause they are not
easy to enter lathe chuck.
The function INCHING consists of 2 actions which help the
bar stock to enter lathe chuck:
1.) Move the pusher back and forth couple times.
2.) Send continuous INCHING signal to the lathe as an external command to rotate the spindle.
This signal is specially created for the lathes whose spindle is not allowed to rotate while
chuck is open.
This parameter defines if the pusher movement activated. The INCHING signal is not affected.
0- Activate pusher movement.
1- Deactivate pusher movement.

MODE 26 Bar insertion check setup

Define if the bar feeder activates the insertion check
function. If this check is activated, the bar feeder proceeds
2 actions after insertion:
1.) Move pusher 100mm forward. If the pusher cannot
finish this action within 5 seconds, an alarm e26 arises.
2.) Move the pusher 100 backward and clamp the
material
clamping device. If the bar stock is not existing, an alarm e04 arises.
0- Deactivate this function.
1- Activate this function.

MODE 27 Pusher return speed setup

The bar feeder offers 2 speed options for the pusher
returning strokes proceeded during bar change cycle below:
1.) the pusher returns for reloading a new bar stock.
2.) the short pusher returns after FIRST FEED finished.
0 - Low speed
1- High speed

GT 326
 8 - 20 Chapter 8 OPERATION

MODE 28 TORQUE STOP signal (A4) logic setup 2 of 2

Define how the bar feeder process this signal.
0- The bar feeder holds this signal right after receive it
either the it’s continuous or a pulse until new bar stock
arrives TOP CUT position
1- The bar feeder read and apply the signal as how it sent
from the lathe.

MODE 29
This parameter is left blank.

MODE 30
This parameter is left blank.

MODE 31 Length check skip

Define the number times that part length checking process
is skipped for the feeding length after loading a new bar. In
other words, after how many chuck operations that the
Length check will be activated. The range is from 1 to 5.
The procedure is a little different between Swiss and Fixed
type lathe:
Fix type: chuck open, feed bar against stopper (pusher moves forward distance “L”), chuck
close
➔ Distance “L” must be same as the part length!
➔ Feeding distance between “Chuck Open” and “Chuck Close” is measured.
Swiss type: chuck close, make part (pusher moves forward by distance “L”), chuck open
➔ Distance “L” must be same as the part length!
➔ Feeding distance between “Chuck Close” and “Chuck Open” is measured.
When a new bar is loaded the first operation is not a part production but it’s the Top Cut. For
the Top Cut operation the “Length Check” must be disabled.

MODE 32 Interface test

If this function is activated, actions below will be executed
when the bar feeder turned to AUTOMATIC mode:
1. AUTO button led is blinking.
2. HMI texts are blinking.
3. Deactivate check items below:
 Hydraulic pressure  Magazine empty
 Too long / too short  TOP CUT position
 Remnant check

GT 326
 Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 21

4. During automatic mode, the pusher stops after every fed out except the synchronization
function is activated.
5. During automatic mode, the bar feeder stops before every FIRST FEED. AUTO START
button should be pressed to continue the automatic sequence.
This function is created for the connection. It must be turned OFF when the installation is
accomplished.
0 - Activate this function
1 - Deactivate this function

MODE 33 Unit selection (metric or inch)

Switch between metric and inch

0 - Metric
1 - inch

MODE 34 No upper limit

This parameter is set to deactivate maximum acceptable bar
stock feeding/pusher moving distance (“too long_dist”
limitation on P07).
0 - Fixed type lathe: The maximum value of “P07: too
long_#/＊” is limited to part length + 15mm and less
than part length.
Swiss type lathe: The maximum value of “P07: too
long_#/＊” is limited to less than part length and max.
spindle movement of machining a part + 15mm.
1 - “P07: too long distance” has no limit.

MODE 35 R5 ON at Aux. EOB position (refer to MODE 17 for related setup)

When the push arrives at P13: Auxiliary End of Bar position,
contact Y24 activated and R5 signal arises. This parameter
defines the output type of R5 signal.
0 - R5 signal only arises when pusher exceeds the Aux.
EOB position.
1 - When pusher exceeds the Aux. EOB position, R5 signal
will keep ON till bar feeder loads a bar stock.
This parameter is only applied if MODE 17 set 1.

GT 326
 8 - 22 Chapter 8 OPERATION

8.5. AUTOMATIC/MANUAL SEQUENCE

The bar feeder could be switched into AUTOMATIC mode at two timings.

8.5.1 Description
Conditions must be fulfilled:
1. The lathe is not in AUTOMATIC mode.
2. The lathe chuck is open.
3. The lathe stopper must be positioned at the TOP CUT position
Before proceeding automatic sequence, make sure the bar feeder has been
properly setup on pneumatics, hydraulics, electrics, and mechanics according
to bar stock dimension and machining conditions.

Step Description
1 Move the pusher to home position and confirm the current pusher position is 0.

2 Open the channel by pressing .

Load a new bar stock by pressing again. There are two methods to switch bar
feeder to auto mode:
3
A: Start the lathe AUTOMATIC sequence by accessing the sub-program and proceeding
TOP CUT. Let the lathe start machining cycle by the program.
B: Precede TOP CUT manually. Start lathe AUTOMATIC sequence from main program.
A B

Press and to switch bar

4 feeder to AUTOMATIC mode, it will Press again to reset Top cut flag.
proceed step 5 and 6 automatically.
Reset Top cut flag. Short pusher will Press . Short pusher will feed bar stock
feed bar stock to First Feed then return to First Feed then return to home position.
5
to home position. Channel is closed as Channel is closed as well so insertion is
well so insertion is completed. completed.
Feed forward to Top Cut position and Push forward by pressing or until
6
send Start signal. arriving at TOP CUT position.
Close lathe chuck, switch lathe to auto Close lathe chuck. Position to TOP CUT
7
mode. manually.
Open lathe chuck. Move stopper to part length
setup position. Move bar forward until it
8
touches stopper. Then close lathe chuck and
retract stopper.

Press and to switch bar feeder to

9 AUTOMATIC mode. Then switch lathe to
AUTOMATIC mode.

GT 326
 Chapter 8 OPERATION 8 - 23

If Mode 8=0, never switch the bar feeder into AUTOMATIC mode if the chuck is
open but no stopper in front of the chuck.

8.5.2 Continue An Interrupted Machining

Conditions below must be fulfilled :
1. The lathe is not in AUTOMATIC mode.
2. The lathe chuck is open.
3. The lathe stopper is positioned at part length position.
4. The bar feeder channel is closed and pusher is not at origin reference.

Step Description
1 Manually move the pusher forward until the bar stock pushes against the stopper.
2 Close the lathe chuck.

3 Press and to switch bar feeder to AUTOMATIC mode. Then switch lathe
to AUTOMATIC mode.

1. If Mode 8=0, never switch the bar feeder into AUTOMATIC mode if the chuck
is open but is no stopper in front of the chuck.
2. Never switch the lathe into AUTOMATIC mode before switching the bar
feeder into AUTOMATIC mode.

8.5.3.Manual Sequence

Never open the lathe chuck when the bar feeder is in AUTOMATIC mode.

When the lathe finishes a machining cycle and currently interrupted, and chuck is closed.

➔ Switch the bar feeder into MANUAL mode.

GT 326
8 - 24 Chapter 8 OPERATION

<This page intentionally left blank>

GT 326
 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 1

9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

This chapter lists all the error messages, their description and a brief troubleshooting. The error
messages aim to remind the operator that an abnormal situation is taking place or has
happened. Whenever an error message is activated please follow the description and
troubleshooting to check the problem. If necessary contact us or one of our representatives for
technical support.

Terminology:
1. Pxx: User parameters. Refer to chapter 8.5.
2. PBxx: Service parameters related to bar feeder. Refer to chapter 8.6. Password required.
3. PIxx: Service parameters related to Interface. Refer to chapter 8.6. Password required.
4. SQx: Micro-switches, sensors, limit switches, proximity switches.

9.1. ERROR MESSAGE MAP

The table offers the sequences proceeded while both bar feeder and lathe are running under
AUTOMATIC mode and timing of related alarm is activated. Please note the lathe AUTOMATIC
sequence is simplified and only presents general selected necessary steps. The table is just a
reference which may not fit in customers’ situation. The real machining procedure should depend
on the program users used.

GT 326
9- 2 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

GT 326
 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 3

9.2. ERROR MESSAGE & TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

When there is an error arose according to judgment of PLC, a corresponding error messages will
be shown on the HMI display. Follow the trouble shooting procedures below for solving the
problems and reset the bar feeder from the error by pressing the MANUAL mode key.

e01 Emergency stop

Meaning
The emergency stop circuit is open.
Explanation
The emergency stop circuit goes through :
⚫ emergency stop button on electrical cabinet(STP1)
⚫ emergency stop button on remote control(STP2)
⚫ emergency stop circuit on lathe (optional)
⚫ pneumatic pressure switch SP1
⚫ circuit breaker QM1
⚫ electromagnetic switch K1
During normal operation, this circuit offers continuous signal to PLC input contact X10.
Whenever this circuit is open, the signal to PLC input contact X10 interrupted and actions below
will be taken by sequence :
1. The 3 phases 220V AC to servo amplifier is interrupted.
2. All the output signals of PLC are interrupted except Y04 (input signal of relay R1).
3. The alarm e01 is arising at HMI.
4. Check the circuit step by step to locate the broke point. Reset the component or contact
us for technical support.

GT 326
9- 4 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

Trouble shooting
1. Check if the emergency stop button on electrical cabinet (STP1) was pressed. If it is, please
release it.
2. Check if the emergency stop on remote control (STP2) was pressed. If it is, please release
it. Check if the emergency stop circuit on the lathe is open. If it is, please reset it.
3. Check if the air pressure is too low or its switch (SP1) is broken.
4. Check if circuit protector (QM1) is tripped. If it is, please reset it.
Please check if A1 and A2 of electromagnetic switch (K1) have 24 VDC.

GT 326
 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 5

e02 Main access cover is open

Meaning
The main access cover is open while the bar feeder is in
AUTOMATIC mode.
Explanation
This alarm only is available when installing main access
cover safety switch. SQ8 is not energized.
In manual mode, current bar feeder action will be stopped
immediately and alarm e02 (Y04) is shown if main cover CE
is open during channel opening/closing.
Trouble shooting
1. Close the cover.
2. If the cover is already closed:
(1) Check if there is something blocked the cover or the cover is bended therefore the
sensor SQ8 is not energized.
(2) Check if the switch SQ8 is broken. If it is, please replace the switch or contact us for
technical support.

e03 Servo alarm

Meaning
An alarm is activated at the servo amplifier.
Trouble shooting
1. Open the electric cabinet. Check the error code shown
on the servo amplifier
2. Follow the trouble shooting guide on chapter 9.3 to
solve the problem or contact us for technical support.

e04 Failed on bar insertion

Meaning
The material is failed to be inserted into finger chuck.
Explanation
The signal arises when the above process can not be
completed in 4 seconds.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the finger chuck dimension fits the bar stock.
2. Check if the bar stock was pre-treated with proper bar
preparation (please refer to chapter 7.11).

GT 326
 9- 6 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

e05 Bar cannot be extracted from finger chuck

Meaning
The bar stock cannot be retracted.
Explanation
The pusher retracts backward until it arrives at home
position. This error signal arises when the process can not
be completed in 10 seconds.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the finger chuck dimension fits the bar stock.
2. Check if the bar stock was pre-treated with proper bar preparation (please refer to chapter
7.11).

e06 Bar not return to home

Meaning
The remnant was not pulled back to the bar feeder.
Explanation
Material clamping device clamps and detects the bar stock
by sensor SQ4. If SQ4 can’t detect the material, e06 will
arise.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the lathe chuck collect is too tight or there are burrs left on the remnant surface.
2. Check if the finger chuck size is too large for the bar stock.
3. Check if sensor SQ4 is broken.

e07 No material on frame

Meaning
The magazine is out of material.
Explanation
While the bar feeder is proceeding FIRST FEED, sensor
SQ4 is ON.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the magazine is out of bar stock and re-fill
accordingly.
2. Check if the sensor SQ4 is broken.

GT 326
9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 7

e08 NC alarm
Meaning
An alarm is activated on the lathe.
Explanation
Relay A2 is energized by the interface signal.
Trouble shooting
Check the lathe alarm detail and follow the trouble shooting
guide to solve it.

e09 TOP CUT device is not ready

Meaning
The TOP CUT device is not ready.
Explanation
The TOP CUT sensor SQ1 is not OFF (because the TOP
CUT flag is not detected) before the bar feeder is proceeds
FIRST FEED.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the bar stock or other substance laid on the TOP CUT device.
2. Check if the TOP CUT flag is loosed.
3. Check if the TOP CUT device cylinder is broken.
4. Check if the TOP CUT sensor SQ1 is loosed or broken.

e10 Lathe chuck is not open

Meaning
The lathe chuck is not open.
Explanation
This alarm is activated either:
⚫ The chuck signal is ON while the pusher is advancing the
new bar stock into spindle during bar change process.
- OR -
⚫ The pusher does not return to origin reference within 5 seconds while the BAR END signal is
currently ON and the chuck signal is currently OFF.
Trouble shooting
Check if the chuck is currently open. If it is:
1. Check if the MODE 2 setup fits lathe signal logic.
2. Check if the interface function is adequate.

GT 326
 9- 8 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

e11 Bar feeder is not in auto mode

Meaning
To remind the operator that the lathe is possibly in
AUTOMATIC mode, but the bar feeder is still in MANUAL
mode.
Explanation
The bar feeder is in MANUAL mode when the lathe chuck
signal is turned ON/OFF 3 cycles.
<Note> The error is checking the chuck signal only. It’s not about if the lathe is in AUTOMATIC
mode or not.
Trouble shooting
Switch the bar feeder into AUTOMATIC mode if it’s supposed to be.
Error messages 12, 13, 21 and 24, 22, 23 are related to each other. Refer to table below for cross
reference.
Fixed type lathe Swiss type lathe
Chuck open e12 e23
Too long
Chuck closed e21 e24
Too short e13 e22

e12 Feeding too long – Fixed type lathe

Meaning
The feeding length while chuck is open is longer than <too
long dist_#> setup on P07.
Explanation
⚫ The bar feeder continuously monitor pusher moving
distance while chuck is open (the bar feeder is currently
feeding bar stock). Once the distance is larger than <too
long dist_ ＃ > on parameter P07, this alarm will be
activated instantly.
⚫ Only available for fixed type lathe (MODE 10 is set 0).
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the bar stock is escaping from the chuck
2. Check if <too long dist_＃> setup on P07 is incorrect.
3. Check if the transmission mechanism is broken.
4. Check if the stopper position is incorrect.

GT 326
 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 9

e13 Feeding too short - Fixed type lathe

Meaning
The feeding length while chuck is open is smaller than the
<too short dist> setup on P07.
Explanation
⚫ The bar feeder checks the pusher moving distance from
chuck open to close on the moment of chuck closing (the
lathe is currently proceeding machining). If the distance is
shorter than <too short dist> on parameter P07, this alarm will be activated instantly.
⚫ Only available for fixed type lathe (MODE 10 is set 0).
⚫ The number of check skipped will be proceeded according to MODE 31 setup.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the alignment is correct.
2. Check if the channel, front tube size is correct and if blocked.
3. Check if the lathe spindle is blocked.
4. Check if the front rest is clamping.
5. Check if the chuck is too tight due to the size is incorrect or there are burrs inside the chuck.
6. Check if <too short dist> setup on P07 is incorrect.
7. Check if the timer for controlling the chuck open/close is too short.
8. Check if the stopper position is incorrect.
9. Check if BAR END setup is incorrect.

e14 Guide channel cannot close

Meaning
The guide channel cannot be closed.
Explanation
After channel in open position sensor SQ5 is OFF, the
channel in closed position sensor SQ3 is not ON within 3
seconds.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if there is something blocked the guide channel.
2. Check if sensor SQ3 is broken.
3. Check if the air pressure is not high enough that the channel cover cylinder cannot be
activated or the action time is too long.

GT 326
9 - 10 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

e15 Channel cannot open

Meaning
The guide channel cannot open.
Explanation
After channel in closed position sensor SQ3 is OFF, the
channel in open position sensor SQ5 is not ON within 3
seconds.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if there is something blocked the guide channel.
2. Check if sensor SQ5 is broken.
3. Check if the air pressure is not high enough that the channel cover cylinder cannot be
activated or the action time is too long.

e16 Remnant not fall

Meaning
The remnant is not fall into the remnant box.
Explanation
Material clamping device clamps and detects the bar stock
by sensor SQ4. Sensor SQ4 detects material after the
second retraction.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the finger chuck dimension fits the bar stock.
2. Check if the bar stock was pre-treated with proper bar preparation (please refer to chapter
7.11).
3. Check if the remnant if full.
4. Check if the material clamping device blades are wearied or broken.
5. Check if the air pressure is too low.

e17 Bar stock cannot be pushed

Meaning
The FIRST FEED or general part feeding cannot be
accomplished.
Explanation
1. During FIRST FEED process, the short pusher cannot
arrive at <1st feed dist> setup on parameter P08 with 15
seconds after it leaves origin reference.
2. During general feeding process, the pusher cannot feed the bar stock to part length according
<Part length> setup on P02 parameter within 20 seconds.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the alignment is correct.
2. Check if the channel, front tube size is correct and if blocked.
3. Check if the lathe spindle is blocked.
4. Check if the front rest is clamping.

GT 326
 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 11

5. Check if the chuck is too tight due to the size is incorrect or there are burrs inside the chuck.
6. Check if <part length> setup on P02 is incorrect.
7. Check if the stopper position is incorrect.

e18 M1 reverse overtime

Meaning
The pusher cannot return to origin reference.
Explanation
⚫ After the short pusher accomplished FIRST FEED, if it
cannot return to origin reference within 15 seconds, this
alarm will be activated.
⚫ When the chuck opens while BAR END signal is
currently ON, the pusher must return to origin reference. If the pusher cannot accomplish
it within 15 seconds, this alarm will be activated.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the channel or lathe spindle blocked.
2. Check if the transmission mechanism is broken.
3. Check if the origin reference sensor SQ2 is broken.

e19 Cannot forward bar stock into lathe spindle

Meaning
The pusher cannot advance the bar stock to TOP CUT.
Explanation
MODE 25 = 0
The pusher must accomplish TOP CUT within 180 seconds.
MODE 25 = 1
The pusher must accomplish TOP CUT within 30 seconds.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the alignment is correct.
2. Check if the channel, front tube size is correct and if blocked.
3. Check if the front rest is clamping.
4. Check if the lathe spindle is blocked.
5. Check if the chuck is too tight due to the size is incorrect or there are burrs inside the chuck.
6. Check if <TOP CUT> setup on P05 is incorrect.
7. Check if the stopper position is incorrect.

e20 The lathe cannot be started

Meaning
The lathe cannot be started.
Explanation
After the bar feeder activates START signal for 30 seconds,
the chuck is still open.
Trouble shooting

GT 326
 9 - 12 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

1. Check if the lathe receives START signal from the bar feeder.
2. Check if the bar feeder receives CHUCK signal.
3. Check if the interface cable connection status is functioning.

e21 Pusher moves – Fixed type lathe

Meaning
The pusher moving distance while chuck is closed is larger
than the <too long dist_＊> setup on P07.
Explanation
⚫ The bar feeder continuously monitor pusher moving
distance while chuck is closed (the lathe is currently
proceeding machining). Once the distance is larger than
<too long dist_＊> on parameter P07, this alarm will be activated instantly.
⚫ Only available for fixed type lathe (MODE 10 is set 0).
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the bar stock is escaping from the chuck
2. Check if <too long dist_＊> setup on P07 is incorrect.
3. Check if the transmission mechanism is broken.
4. Check if the chuck is broken or the pressure setup is incorrect.

e22 Feeding too short - Swiss type lathe

Meaning
The feeding distance while chuck is closed is larger than the
<too short dist_＊> setup on P07.
Explanation
⚫ The bar feeder checks pusher moving distance from
chuck close to chuck open on the moment of chuck
opening. If the distance is shorter than <too short> on
parameter P07, this alarm will be activated instantly.
⚫ Only available for Swiss type lathe (MODE 10 is set 1).
<Note> The number of check skipped will be preceded according to MODE 31 setup.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the alignment is correct.
2. Check if the chuck is too tight due to the size is incorrect or there are burrs inside the chuck.
3. Check if <too short dist_＊> setup on P07 is incorrect.
4. Check if BAR END setup is incorrect.
5. Check if the synchronization device works correctly (if it’s equipped and activated).

GT 326
 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 13

e23 Pusher moves – Swiss type lathe

Meaning
The pusher moving distance while chuck is open is larger
than the <too long dist_＃> setup on P07.
Explanation
⚫ The bar feeder continuously monitor pusher moving
distance while chuck is open (the lathe spindle is moving
backward for proceeding feeding movement). Once the
distance is longer than <too long dist_＃> on parameter
P07, this alarm will be activated instantly.
⚫ Only available for Swiss type lathe (MODE 10 is set 1).
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the bar stock is escaping from the chuck
2. Check if <too long dist_＃> setup on P07 is incorrect.
3. Check if the transmission mechanism is broken.
4. Check if the stopper position is incorrect or the cut off tool is broken (if the operator is using
the cut off tool as stopper).

e24 Feeding too long – Swiss type lathe

Meaning
The feeding distance while chuck is closed is larger than the
<too long dist_＊> setup on P07.
Explanation
⚫ The bar feeder continuously monitor pusher moving
distance while chuck is closed (the lathe is currently
proceeding machining). Once the distance is longer than
<too long dist_＊> on parameter P07, this alarm will be activated instantly.
⚫ Only available for Swiss type lathe (MODE 10 is set 1).
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the bar stock is escaping from the chuck
2. Check if <too long dist_＊> setup on P07 is incorrect.
3. Check if the transmission mechanism is broken.
4. Check if the chuck is broken or the pressure setup is incorrect.

e25 TOP CUT distance is too short

Meaning
TOP CUT setup is shorter than the value measured by bar
feeder.
Explanation
⚫ The bar stock accesses TOP CUT position during FIRST
FEED.
⚫ During FIRST FEED, the bar stock cannot touch TOP CUT
sensor before the value of <FIRST FEED - TOP CUT>.
<Example>

GT 326
9 - 14 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

If the FIRST FEED value is 1470 and TOP CUT value is 1200. The bar stock cannot touch
TOP CUT sensor before 270.
Trouble shooting
1. Check both <TOP CUT> setup on P05 parameter and <1st feed dist> on P08 parameter.
2. Check if the TOP CUT flag drops itself before the bar stock touches it.

e26 Insertion/extraction failed

Meaning
The material cannot be inserted into or extracted from finger
chuck.
Explanation
After pusher arrives at the origin reference, it moves forward
to P08 setup position for material insertion or extraction. e26
occurs if the pusher can not finish this process in 4 seconds.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if the finger chuck dimension fits the bar stock.
2. Check if the bar stock was pre-treated with proper bar preparation (please refer to chapter
7.11).
3. Check if the finger chuck is broken.

e27 TOP CUT setup or stopper position is incorrect

Meaning
The TOP CUT position setup or the stopper position is
incorrect.
Explanation
The pusher is not stopped within 50mm beyond the TOP
CUT position. (only available when MODE 8 = 0)
Trouble shooting
1. Check <TOP CUT> setup on parameter P05.
2. Check the stopper position.

e28 Top cut positioning error

Meaning
In automatic mode, the measurement device is activated
when the first feed moves forwards but not exceed 400mm
as well as when it moves backwards.
Troubleshooting
While bar is doing insertion, if the measurement device is
activated, PLC will record the current value.

GT 326
9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 15

e29 Dry run error

Meaning
The setting is not fulfilled with dry run mode.
Explanation
e28 signal is showed up in 1 second after P10 is set ON but
conditions ” manual, channel open, pusher in home
position(SQ2), current position is smaller than 5mm, TOP
CUT is activated ” are not satisfied.
Trouble shooting
Check and make sure each condition is fulfilled.
e30 Bar feeder in dry run
Meaning
Buttons on Remote control are pressed.
Explanation
When dry run function is activated, buttons on Remote
control should not be pressed but it happened. Therefore,
P10 becomes OFF.
Trouble shooting
⚫ For keeping dry run function:
1. Press STOP button on remote control interface.
2. Reset P10 in ON
⚫ For not keeping dry run function:
Press STOP button on remote control interface.

e31 Pusher retract- Swiss type lathe

Meaning
The distance pusher retract back when chuck is open is over
“too short “setup on P07.
Trouble shooting
1. Check if <BAR END> setup is correct.
2. Check if pusher is stuck in the spindle so it is pushed
backward by the spindle.
3. Check if the collet is too tight so pusher is pushed
backward by the spindle.

GT 326
 9 - 16 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

e32 Channel cover does not close

Meaning
Channel close signal can not be detected in machining.
Sensor is broken or channel cover does not close in
machining.
Trouble shooting
1. Please check both channel close sensor (SQ3) and
channel open sensor (SQ5) and replace sensors if those
are broken.
2. Close the channel cover manually. Channel cover should
be close during machining.

e35 Air Pressure Failure!

Description
SP1 pressure switch does not detect any air pressure within
5 seconds. The problem is generated anytime, air pressure
is not sufficient below 3 bar (45 psi).
Troubleshooting
3. Adjust the air pressure between 3 bar and max. 6 bar
4. Adjust or replace the pressure switch SP1 if defective.
5. Press “STOP” button on HMI to clear the alarm.

e39 Bar Feeder Retracted or Not in Its Working Position

Description
Following the operation procedures described on 7.12.2,
when the bar feeder is retracted and both of the retraction
safety switches “SQ10” and “SQ10a” are engaged, the alarm
message will be generated.
*This alarm only applies to bar feeder with optional Z-axis
retraction.
Trouble shooting
1. Position the bar feeder in its working position.
2. Check if the safety switches are defective or misadjusted.
3. Press the STOP button on the remote control to reset the
alarm.

GT 326
 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 17

9.3 SERVO AMPLIFIER ERROR MESSAGES

When any alarm has occurred, eliminate its cause, ensure safety, then reset
the alarm, and restart operation. Otherwise, injury may occur.

The drive would display alarm or warning if some faults occurred during operation. As an alarm
or a warning occurred, please remedy the fault according to the instruction mentioned in section
9.3.2. When parameter PD19 is set as □□□1, alarm codes could be output with the ON/OFF states
of DO1(CN1_41), DO2(CN1_42), DO5(CN1_45) terminals.

9.3.1. Alarm list

Alarm Code Clear
Press “SET”
Sign Name Power no current RES
CN1_41 CN1_42 CN1_45
OFF→ON alarm signal
screen
AL01 0 1 0 Over voltage ○
AL02 0 0 1 Low voltage ○ ○ ○
AL03 0 1 1 Over current ○
AL04 0 1 0 Abnormal regeneration ○ ○ ○
AL05 1 0 0 Overload 1 ○ ○ ○
AL06 1 0 1 Over speed ○ ○ ○
AL07 1 0 1 Pulse command abnormal ○ ○ ○
AL08 1 0 1 Position error excessive ○ ○ ○
Alarm

AL09 0 0 0 Communication abnormal ○ ○ ○

AL0A 0 0 0 Communication time-out ○ ○ ○
AL0B 1 1 0 Encoder error 1 ○
AL0C 1 1 0 Encoder error 2 ○
AL0D 1 1 0 Fan error ○
AL0E 0 0 0 IGBT overheat ○
AL0F 0 0 0 Memory error ○
AL10 0 0 0 Overload 2 ○
AL11 1 1 1 Motor mismatched ○

AL12 Emergency stop

Warning

Removing the cause would clear

AL13 LSP/LSN activated the warning automatically.

GT 326
 9 - 18 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

9.3.2. Alarm cause and remedy

AL01 Over voltage
Definition： Main circuit bus voltage has exceeded its maximum allowable value.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Power supply voltage
Review the power supply. Use proper power source.
high.
Input power error
Review the power supply. Use proper power source.
(incorrect power).
Use voltmeter to check if the
Contact agent for proper
Drive hardware damaged. power voltage is within rated
service.
voltage while error still occurred.
Check the P,D terminals
Lead of built-in
connected well or not.
regenerative brake
Check built-in regenerative
resistor or regenerative Connect correctly.
brake resistor or regenerative
brake option is
brake option is disconnected
disconnected.
well.
Built-in regenerative
brake resistor or Check if it is burn out or Change the built-in resistor or
regenerative brake option damaged. option.
is damaged.
Capacity of built-in
regenerative brake
Refer to section 6.6.1 to check if Add regenerative brake option
resistor or regenerative
the capacity insufficient. or increase capacity.
brake option is
insufficient.
AL02 Low voltage
Definition： Main circuit bus voltage is lower than its allowable value.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Input voltage of main
circuit is lower than Review the power supply. Use proper power source.
permissible value.
Capacity of power supply Check if it occurred as motor
Increase power supply capacity.
is insufficient. torque regenerated huge.
Input power error
Review the power supply. Use proper power source.
(incorrect power).

GT 326
 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 19

AL03 Over current

Definition： The motor output current has exceeded the allowance range of servo drive.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Improper motor wirings. Check the wirings. Correct the wirings.
Short occurred in drive Check if the connection Correct the wirings to prevent
output phases U, V and between drive and motor is from short-circuit or cable
W. short. naked.
AL03 occurs if power is switched
Contact agent for proper
IGBT of servo drive faulty. on after U,V and W are
service.
disconnected.
Improper parameters Check relevant parameters Recover factory-set then re-
setting. which have modified. define user’s demand.
AL04 Regenerative alarm
Definition： Regenerative energy suppression circuit faults.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Set PC36 to be 0 and re-power
on, if AL04 is occurred soon, it Contact agent for proper
Brake transistor fault.
means the brake transistor service.
broken.
Built-in brake resistor or
brake option is Check the wirings. Correct the wirings.
disconnected.
When AL04 occurred, reset
PC36 to be zero and re-power
The active time of brake Use the external brake resistor
on; if motor runs a while then
resistor is over the PC36 and refer to section 14.2 to set a
AL04 occurred again, it means
value. proper PC36 value.
capacity of built-in brake resistor
is insufficient.
AL05 Overload 1
Definition： Load exceeded overload protection characteristic of servo drive.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Operate the servo drive in Upgrade the capability of
Check if mechanism load is huge.
heavy duty continually. servo or reduce the duty.
Re-operate the auto-gain
Improper gain values Check if vibration of mechanism is
tuning job to obtain the proper
setting. occurred.
gain value.
Check if acceleration/deceleration
Servo system is instable. Extend these setting values.
time constant are proper.
As motor shaft is rotated slowly
with Servo OFF, the pulses
Contact agent for proper
Encoder faulty. feedback should vary in proportion
service.
to rotary angle. If the indication
skips or returns midway, it is faulty.

GT 326
 9 - 20 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

AL06 Over speed

Definition： Speed has exceeded the instantaneous permissible speed.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Input command pulse
frequency exceeded the Check if frequency of input
permissible pulse is over the permissible Set pulses frequency correctly.
instantaneous speed speed range.
frequency.
Improper Increase
Check if these values are too
acceleration/deceleration acceleration/deceleration time
small.
time constant settings. constant.
1. Re-set proper servo gain
value.
2. If gain could not be set to
proper:
Servo system is instable Observe if the mechanism is
a.) Reduce load inertia ratio
to cause overshoot. with vibration.
b.) Set
acceleration/deceleration
time constant to proper
value.
Electronic gear ratio is Check if the settings are
Set correctly.
large proper.
AL07 Pulse command abnormal
Definition： Input pulse frequency of the command pulse is too high.
Cause Inspection Remedy
1. Set the command pulse
frequency to a proper
Pulse frequency of the Check if input pulse frequency is
value.
command pulse is too over range with frequency
2. After RD output signal
high. detector.
activated, the host starts to
send command.
Check if the command device is
Command device failure. Change the command device.
normal or not.

GT 326
 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 21

AL08 Position error excessive

Definition： Position error has exceeded the permissible error range.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Improper Increase
Check if these values are too
acceleration/deceleration acceleration/deceleration time
small.
time constant settings. constant.
Improper torque limit Check if PA05 setting is too
Increase the torque limit value.
setting. small.
Increase the gain value and
Position loop gain value is Check if PB07 setting is too
adjust to ensure proper
small. small.
operation.
Reduce load, or to use servo
Check if mechanism load is
Mechanism load is huge. drive and motor provide larger
huge.
output.
AL09 Communication abnormal
Definition： RS-232/485 communication error occurred between host device and servo drive.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Improper protocol setting. Check if the protocol is matched. Set the protocol correctly.
Check the communication
Improper address setting. Set the address correctly.
address.
Improper data content Correct the data content
Check the value accessed.
transmitted. accessed.
AL0A Communication time-out
Definition： RS-232/485 communication stopped for longer time exceeded the permissible
range.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Replace or re-connect the
Cable broken or loosen. Check if cable broken or loosen.
cable.
Communication cycle is
longer than parameter Check if PC23 setting is proper. Set the PC23 correctly.
PC23 setting.
AL0B Encoder error 1
Definition： Pulse signals abnormal between servo motor and servo drive.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Wirings are in wrong Check if wirings sequence is
Correct the wirings.
sequence. correct or not.
CN2 connector is loosen Check if CN2 connector is
Re-connect CN2 connector.
or disconnected. loosen or disconnected.
Check the encoder feedback
Contact agent for proper
Encoder faulty pulses continuity of motor while
service.
Servo OFF

GT 326
 9 - 22 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

AL0C Encoder error 2

Definition： Pulse signals abnormal between servo motor and servo drive.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Initial magnetic polarity of Rotate the motor shaft forward and backward then re-power on the
encoder is in wrong drive. If there is still no improvement, contact agent for proper
position. service.
CN2 connector is loosen Check if CN2 connector is
Re-connect CN2 connector.
or disconnected. loosen or disconnected.
AL0D Fan error
Definition： Abnormal operation of cooling fan.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Cooling fan stops
Change the fan by user or contact agent for proper service.
working.
AL0E IGBT overheat
Definition： Main circuit device overheat or fault.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Reduce load, or to use servo
Operate the drive in over- Check if mechanism is overload
drive and motor provide larger
rate duty continuously. or motor current is huge.
output.
Contact agent for proper
Servo drive fault. Check the output of servo drive.
service.
AL0F Memory error
Definition： EEPROM fault.
Cause Inspection Remedy
To execute the parameter
Data read-out/write-in Contact agent for proper
recovery or power on reset and
abnormally. service.
check if it still null.
AL10 Overload 2
Definition： The output duration of maximum current is over 1 second while mechanical impact.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Check if the moving route is 1. Correct the moving route.
Mechanical impact
proper. 2. Install limit switches.
Wrong connection of
Check the wirings. Correct the wirings.
servo motor.
1. Change response level
Check if mechanism is instable setting.
Mechanism vibration.
and humming. 2. Make gain adjustment
manually.
To rotate motor shaft and check
the continuity of encoder Contact agent for proper
Encoder faulty.
feedback pulses while Servo service.
OFF.

GT 326
 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 - 23

AL11 Motor mismatch

Definition： The servo drive and servo motor match improperly.
Cause Inspection Remedy
The capacity of drive and Check if they match for each
Use the proper combination.
motor are not compatible. other in capacity.
AL12 Emergency stop warning
Definition： The EMG signal of DI is activated.
Cause Inspection Remedy
Release the trigger after
Check if EMG signal is applied
EMG signal is activated. removal of some emergency
and triggered.
conditions.
AL13 Limit switch activated warning
Definition： The LSP or LSN signal of DI is activated.
Cause Inspection Remedy
LSP activated. Check if the limit switch is Release the activated cause of
LSN activated. activated. limit switch.

GT 326
  

㱡㦥䳬
6WDQGDUGVWDQG;$$ 
5HWUDFWLRQ;$$

6WDQGDUGVWDQG;$$/RJR
5HWUDFWLRQ;$$/RJR

$  %  & 

 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.

1 1 XA1.03.A005A
&
* ຦ 2 1 XA1.03.A012A
3 1 XA1.03.A404A

$ 4 1 XA1.08.A001C
% 5 1 XA1.13.A001B

 6 1 XA1.21.A001B
7 1 XA1.22.A001B
 8 1 XB035010000
9 1 XT032020210
 儛⹏䳬 6WDQG6HW
6WDQGDUG6WDQG;$$
/16W\SH6WDQG;$$
;7W\SH;$$
ġ ňı ġľġIJ

'(6&5,37,21 ➢㛔㨇Į⎛⎹ĮĴįijŎİġŃŢŴŪŤġŎŢŤũŪůŦĮōŵŰœŇĮĴįijŎ 6&$/( 

⮵ㅱⶎ⎹ẞ : XA1.00.A002 0$7(5,$/

(For RtoLF) ;$ 685)$&(

+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
%DVLF0DFKLQH :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 *
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.00.A001G
XA1.00.A001G.SLDDRW A-1
2022/6/14ᶳ⋰ 05:31
 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.
 㱡㦥䳬 1 1 XA1.03.A005A
6WDQGDUGVWDQG;$$ 2 1 XA1.03.A012A
5HWUDFWLRQ;$$
 3 1 XA1.03.A405A
6WDQGDUGVWDQG;$$/RJR
 5HWUDFWLRQ;$$/RJR 4 1 XA1.08.A002B
5 1 XA1.13.A002A
6 1 XA1.21.A002A

7 1 XA1.22.A002B

8 1 XB035010000
9 1 XT032020220





 *
% ⎘忼%楔忼⎘䀋
;$$ /WR5)
% ᾉ‹楔忼⣏映

% ⎘忼%楔忼⎘䀋
;$$ 5WR/)
% ᾉ‹楔忼⣏映
儛⹏䳬 6WDQG6HW
6WDQGDUG6WDQG;$$ ;$$ /WR5)
% ⢓㜿楔忼⎘䀋
/16W\SH6WDQG;$$ ;$$ 5WR/)
;7W\SH;$$

⮵ㅱ⎛⎹ẞ;$$
 *   )RU/WR5)
'(6&5,37,21 ➢㛔㨇Įⶎ⎹ĮĴįijŎİġŃŢŴŪŤġŎŢŤũŪůŦĮœŵŰōŇĮĴįijŎ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
%DVLF0DFKLQH :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1 *
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.00.A002G
A-2
;$$*6/''5: ᶲ⋰
 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.
1 1 332.01.014
ġ łĹ 2 1 XA1.01.P010L.02
ij
ġ łĹ 3 1 XA1.01.P007F.02
4 12 OUT Hex JIS M10x25
Ĵ 5 1 Washer DIN125-A 21_ELEC
6 12 Washer DIN 9021 - 10.5
ĵ 7 2 Nut_DIN 934 M20-D_ELEC

IJ
īġŏŶŵĮŎijı
ĸ

īġřŕıĴĴıIJıııı

īġŔŏĴijıķıı īġřŕıĴĴıIJıııı
ġ łĹ ġľġij
ģġīġģ⛐㧁㸾旬ẞℏİġŊůġŔŵŢůťŦųġłŤŤŦŴŴŰųź
'(6&5,37,21 儛⹏䳬İġŔŵŢůťġŔŦŵ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
6WDQG :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7:
ġXA1.01.A001A
;$$$6/''5: ᶲ⋰
A-3
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;$$%
  ;$3$
  ;0$% %

  :DVKHU',1$
  ',10[
  6SULQJ3LQ[





$ 
% 
'(6&5,37,21 儛⹏ġńņġĮġ㹹廒䳬İġŴŵŢůťġńņġĮġűŶŭŭŦź 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/

;$
GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
6WDQG :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< $GDP/L /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$%
A-4
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
   
  
   ġ łIJ

㱡㦥İġńŢŴŦ
ġĵıġ
ġĵıġ

ńIJIJIJIJIJIJıı
ĵ
ij
ⶎ⎹ġİġœŵŰōŇ Ĵ
⎛⎹ġİġōŵŰœŇ
㱡㦥İġńŢŴŦ
㱡㦥İġńŢŴŦ

ⶎ⎹ġİġœŵŰōŇ ⎛⎹ġİġōŵŰœŇ
'(6&5,37,21 攳味㯋仠䳬İġŐűŦůġńŰŷŦųġńźŭŪůťŦųġŔŦŵ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/

GT 326
łIJ ľġIJ
ġ

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
&KDQQHO&RYHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .HYLQ7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
;$$$6/''5: ₚ◗
A-5
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
   
    
   
  ġ Ń 
   ġ Ń
  

   
 
    

   

   
   
   







ġ Ń ľġij '(6&5,37,21 㰥仠䳬İġńźŭŪůťŦųġŔŦŵ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

GT 326
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
&KDQQHO&RYHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .HYLQ7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$%
;$$%6/''5: ₙ◗
A-6
 IJij IJĵ
ķ
IJĴ

œŵŰōŇġĮġġⶎ⎹ ōŵŰœŇġĮġġ⎛⎹
řłIJįıĴįłĵıĶł řłIJįıĴįłĵıĵł
IJ
Ĵ
IJIJ IJĸ ij
IJĹ ĵ
Ķ
Ĺ ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  &
  &
IJı   &
  &
  & 䞷摞0
  67
ĺ   ;$$$ ⚂/WR5)
IJĵ IJij
  ;$$$ ふ5WR/)
  ;$$$ ⚂/WR5)
ĺ   ;$$$ ふ5WR/)
ķ IJĴ
łĴ ɦ   ;+
  ;+
  ;+
  ;7
  ',10[
ĸ   ',10[
łĴ ġľġIJ   ',10[
  ',10[
'(6&5,37,21 ᶲ先䭉䳬Įġ⎛ĮġĴįijŎİġŖűűŦųġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵĮġōŵŰœŇĮġĴįijŎ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
8SSHU&KDQQHO :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 6DP/DL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1 $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
A-7
 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.
1 1 AT134130000 
  
2 8 D6342100

3 4 M20351800 ຤ )
4 1 XA1.06.P076E.01 ຤ ) 
5 1 XA1.06.P077E.01 ຤ ) 
6 4 XA1.06.P083A ຤ )
7 2 DIN 912 M8 x 12
8 6 ISO4017 M8x20 Black
9 24 ISO7380 M5x8 Elec
10 6 Nut_DIN 934 M8
11 4 Washer DIN 125 - A 8.4

 


;$3&$VLD
;$3$:HVW/16ˣ:HVW7RUQRV


)  

'(6&5,37,21 ńŰŷŦųĩŇŶŭŭġŤŰŷŦųĪĮġĴįijŎ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
)  
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&RYHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 )
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.06.A003F
XA1.06.A003F.SLDDRW A-8
2022/7/13ᶲ⋰ 08:17
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU 
 1 &
 
 2 &
 1 & 
 1 & ) 
 1 &
 1 ;$3% %  
 1 ;$3&
   * 
 1 ;$3%
;$3$[[ ⎛/WR5)ORJR
;$3$[[ ⶎ5WR/)ORJR   
 1
;$3$[[ ⎛/WR5)3/ORJR + 
;$3$[[ ⶎ5WR/)3/ORJR
 1 ;$3&     

 1 ;$3% 
 1 ;7
, 

 4 ',10[  
 6 ',10[
 3 ',10[
( 
 2 ,620[%ODFN
 2 :DVKHU',1$ 
 3 :DVKHU',1$

3/
 2 :DVKHU',1

⎛/WR5) ⎛/WR5)
;$$$ ;$$$
/RJR /RJR

ⶎ5WR/) ⶎ5WR/)
;$$$ ;$$$
/RJR /RJR

'(6&5,37,21 㱡㦥䳬Į⎛ĮĴįijŎĮ㧁㸾儛⹏İġŤŢŴŦġŴŦŵġĮġōŵŰœŇĮĴįijŎĮŔŵŢůťŢųťġŴŵŢůť 6&$/( 

Ɉ㬌㱡㦥䁢⎗㏕惵⚢⭂儛 0$7(5,$/
)RUVWDQGDUGVWDQG
GT326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
Case - Logo :(,*+7 .J
'$7( 
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
;$$$6/''5: ᶳ⋰
A-9
 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.
1 1 3.058
2 1 C11130400
1 XA1.07.A029A ⎛ - LtoRF
3
1 XA1.07.A030A ⶎ - RtoLF
1 XA1.07.A031A ⎛ - LtoRF
4
1 XA1.07.A032A ⶎ - RtoLF 
5 1 XA1.07.P023D
6 1 XA1.07.P027D $ 
7 1 XT193140000 ⎛⎹/WR5)
8 5 DIN 912 M6 x 25 ;$$$
9 3 Nut_DIN 934 M6
10 1 OUT Hex JIS M6x40




   

ⶎ⎹5WR/)

;$$$

'(6&5,37,21 旚暯䳬Įġ⎛⎹İġŧųŰůŵġųŦŴŵġŴŦŵġĮġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

$   0$7(5,$/

 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
)URQWUHVW :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.07.A027A
;$$$6/''5: ᶳ⋰
A-10
 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.
1 2 C12117200
2 4 C13120800
3 1 C13121800
4 2 C13131000
5 1 C17130900
6 2 XA1.07.P013C 
 
7 2 XA1.07.P014D 
8 1 XA1.07.P032A 
 ⎛⎹/WR5)
9 1 XA1.07.P052A
10 2 XA1.07.P089C ;$$$

11 2 XA1.07.P090A
12 2 XA1.07.P091A
1 XA1.07.P103C.xx ⎛ - LtoRF
13
1 XA1.07.P104C.xx ⶎ - RtoLF
⎛ - LtoRF  
1 XA1.07.P105B 
14   
1 XA1.07.P106B ⶎ - RtoLF 
15 1 XA1.07.P107A 
16 1 XA1.07.P108B  
17 1 XA1.07.P109A  

18 1 XA1.07.P110A  

19 1 XA1.07.P113A
20 2 Circlip DIN 471 - 35 x 1.5  
ⶎ⎹5WR/)

21 8 DIN 912 M3 x 40      ;$$$
22 6 DIN 912 M4 x 8
23 2 DIN 912 M4 x 20 

24 8 DIN 912 M6 x 10 
25 4 DIN 913 - M6 x 10
26 2 DIN912 M4x10_ELEC '(6&5,37,21 旚暯ᷣ橼Įġ⎛⎹İġŧųŰůŵġųŦŴŵġŮŢŪůġţŰťźġĮġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/
27 4 Pin-6x26
 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
)URQWUHVW :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1;$ $
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.07.A029A
XA1.07.A029A.SLDDRW A-11
2020/7/6ᶳ⋰ 02:29
 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.
1 1 XA1.07.P050A
 
2 1 XA1.07.P092D 
3 2 XA1.07.P093D
 
4 1 XA1.07.P094C
5 2 XA1.07.P095A

6 1 XA1.07.P096B
7 1 XA1.07.P097B 
8 1 XA1.07.P098B

9 1 XA1.07.P099B ⎛⎹/WR5)
1 XA1.07.P100D.xx ⎛ - LtoRF 
10  ;$$$
1 XA1.07.P101D.xx ⶎ - RtoLF 
 
11 1 XA1.07.P102B 
 
12 1 XA1.07.P111B  
13 1 XA1.07.P114B

14 1 XF2.07.P033C
15 2 DIN 912 M3 x 6 

16 6 DIN 912 M3 x 8
18 2 DIN 913 - M6 x 6
19 4 JIS B 1174_M5x10
20 2 Spring Pin 5x12
21 1 DIN 912 M3 x 5


ⶎ⎹5WR/)

 ;$$$

'(6&5,37,21 旚暯婧㔜㜧䳬Įġ⎛⎹İġŇįœŦŴŵġłťūŶŴŵŮŦůŵġŴŦŵĮġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
)URQWUHVW :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1;$ $
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.07.A031A
XA1.07.A031A.SLDDRW A-12
2020/7/6ᶳ⋰ 02:30
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
     

     
    
  
 . 
 
    
  
     
    
    $
  /-! 
 )#*+'  
    


 

㽈㲌&DVH 㽈㲌&DVH







⺜㑘ふ⚠ↅ;$$ '(6&5,37,21 ᶳ㕁䳬Įġ⎛⎹İġōŰŢťŪůŨġŖůŪŵĮġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

)RU5WR/) ġ łIJ ľġIJ 0$7(5,$/

;$
GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
0DJD]LQH :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .HYLQ7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
;$$$6/''5: ₙ◗
A-13
 ,WHP Œŵźį 3DUW1R 'HVFU
㱡㦥İġńŢŴŦ
 IJ 67
 IJ ;$3% IJij
Ĵ
 IJ ;$3' Ĺ IJĴ
Ķ
 IJ ;$3' ġ ńIJ
ķ
 IJ ;$3& ġ ńIJ ĺ
 ij ;$3% IJĵ IJĶ
 IJ ;+
ij
 ij ;+
 Ķ ',10[ IJ
 IJ ',10[
 IJ ',10[
 IJ ',10[ ĵ
 IJ ',1[[%ODFN
 ij 1XWB',10 IJı
 IJ :DVKHU',1$ ĺ
 ij :DVKHU',1 IJķ IJĶ
ĺ
ĸ IJIJ

IJķ
IJĴ
Ĵ
IJĵ

㱡㦥İġńŢŴŦ

⺜㑘ふ⚠ↅ;$$ '(6&5,37,21 㡺㛸婧㔜䳬Įġ⎛⎹İġłťūŶŴŵŮŦůŵġŔŦŵĮġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

)RU5WR/) ńIJ ľġij 0$7(5,$/

GT 326
ġ

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
0DJD]LQH :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .HYLQ7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ &
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$&
;$$&6/''5: ₚ◗
A-14
 3DUW1XPEHU 4W\
 
 & 

  & 
  

 & 
 % 

怠惵2SWLRQDO

⍇䳬ẞ暨徨㕁炻徨㕁㶭╖⤪ᶳ
:KHQVHOHFWLQJWKLVRSWLRQDODVVHPEO\
VRPHSDUWVLQWKHVWDQGDUGDVVHPEO\KDYH
WRUHWXUQWRWKHZDUHKRXVH
3DUWVOLVWLVDVEHORZ
3DUW1XPEHU 4W\
 & 
'(6&5,37,21 㲝㴎㳩≽攳斄䳬İġőŖŎőġŇōŐŘġŔŘŊŕńʼnġŔņŕ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/

*7 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
+\GUDXOLF*URXS :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 0LNH+XDQJ /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.09.A002A
;$$$6/''5: ᶳ⋰
A-15
 㱡㦥İńŢŴŦ ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;$$$
  ;$$$
  ;$$$
  ;$3%

IJ
Ĵ

㱡㦥İńŢŴŦ
ij

ġ Ńĵ ġ䦣昌楔忼䳬炻㓡军怠惵
⮵ㅱⶎ⎹ẞ;$$ '(6&5,37,21 ⁛≽䳬Įġ⎛ġĮĴįijŎİġŕųŢůŴŮŪŴŴŪŰůĮġōŵŰœŇġĮĴįijŎ 6&$/( 
)RU5WR/) 0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
7UDQVPLVVLRQ :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1 %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.13.A001B
A-16
;$$%6/''5: ᶳ⋰
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
   
   
  
  ,  - ġ łIJ

Ĵ
ĵ
ij

'(6&5,37,21 ⁛≽捰㡅ġĮġĴįijŎİġŕųŢůŴŮŪŴŴŪŰůġńũŢŪůġĮġĴįijŎ 6&$/( 

ġ łIJ ľġIJ
0$7(5,$/

;$
GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
7UDQVPLVVLRQ :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .HYLQ7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
;$$$6/''5: ₚ◗
A-17
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
   
   
   Ĵ ķ
   ġ łIJ
   Ĺ
  
  )#*+'  
 )#*+' 

ij
ĵ ĸ Ķ IJ

ⶎ⎹İōŵŰœŇ ⎛⎹İōŵŰœŇ

'(6&5,37,21 捰廒䳬ĩ⽆≽ĪĮⶎİ⎛⎹İġńũŢŪůġŘũŦŦŭġŔŦŵĩŅųŪŷŦůĪĮġōŵŰœŧİœŵŰōŇ 6&$/( 

ġ łIJ ľġIJ 0$7(5,$/

;$
GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
'ULYH :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .HYLQ7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
A-18
 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.
1 2 11.4856.08.16.6
2 1 B14120208 台達B3馬達 - 台台
E1 → 2 1 B14140001 信信馬達 - 大大
29
30 3 1 XA1.13.P001C
4 1 XA1.13.P016B
17 13
5 1 XA1.13.P017B
14 6 1 XA1.13.P020A
3
7 7 1 XA1.13.P021B
21 17 8 1 XA1.13.P022A
28 19
1 9 1 XA1.13.P202A
20 2 10 1 XA1.13.P203A
11 11 1 XH14103000000
1 12 1 XT111080000
4 13 1 XT141100000
14 1 6885A.5x5x20
8 15 1 933.06.10.Z
18 16 4 933.06.16.Z
17 3 DIN 912 M4 x 10
6 18 2 DIN 912 M4 x 20
右向-LtoRF 12 30 23 19 4 DIN 912 M5 x 12
XA1.13.A005E 16
20 1 DIN 913 - M4 x 4
5 22 25 27 21 1 Nut_DIN 934 M6
10
22 1 Nut_DIN 934 M8
9 23 1 OUT Hex JIS M6x35
24 1 Spring Washer_JIS_6_ELEC
組組組組組組，螺螺螺 25 1 Spring Washer_JIS_8
緊緊，上、下下下下下 26 1 Washer DIN 125 - A 6.4_ELEC
平平，再再 9 套套套套 26 24 15 27 1 Washer DIN 125 - A 8.4
28 1 Washer DIN 125 - B 6.4
29 1 Washer DIN 9021 - 4.3
30 2 Washer DIN 9021 - 6.4

左向-RtoLF DESCRIPTION : 馬達座組-右向/ Motor Set-LtoRF SCALE 1:3

XA1.13.A006E MATERIAL
E1 =1 XA1 SURFACE
HARDNESS

1-4 0.05 0.1

GENERAL TOLERANCE
17 - 63 0.1 0.3 251 - 1000 0.3 0.8
Drive WEIGHT (Kg)
DATE 2013.10.05 2023.04.19
5 - 16 0.07 0.2 64 - 250 0.2 0.5 >1001 0.8 1
DRAWN BY 林 義 碧 Last modif.
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without ECN ECN-10839 E1
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
在收件人个人需求下，我们透露我们的设计图面与它的附件，但它们仍然是我们专属的财产。
任何人无权在未取得我们的书面文字授权的情况下复制、再制、展示和提供它们给第三者。 A-19 www.lns-group.com TW XA1.13.A005E
XA1.13.A005E.SLDDRW A-18 2023/4/19上上 11:53
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
   
   
   
 )#*+' 
    





'(6&5,37,21 ゘廒䳬İġŊťŭŦųġőŶŭŭŦźġŔŦŵ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

GT 326
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
'ULYH :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .HYLQ7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
;$$$6/''5: ₚ◗
A-19
-A-20
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
   
  

'(6&5,37,21 ᶳ㕁㰥仠䳬İġōŰŢťŪůŨġńźŭŪůťŦųġŖůŪŵġ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

;$
GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
0DJD]LQH :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .HYLQ7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
;$$$6/''5: ₚ◗
A-21
A-20
A-
 ij
,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
    IJĴ
  
㱡㦥İġńŢŴŦ
   
  
  
ķ
   
    
ĵ
  
    Ĵ
   
    IJ
  1'$"10 
    IJķ
  
IJĸ
    
  )#*+' 
    

IJı

IJĶ IJIJ ĸ ĺ IJĵ Ķ Ĺ IJij

'(6&5,37,21 ᶳ㕁㰥仠䳬İġōŰŢťŪůŨġńźŭŪůťŦųġŖůŪŵġ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

;$
GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
0DJD]LQH :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .HYLQ7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
;$$$6/''5: ₙ◗
A-22
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;$3%
  ;+3
  673
  ;73
;$$%⚂⚠/WR5)   ;73
  ',10[
  -,6%B0[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[









 
      

'(6&5,37,21 攟㉤㡺䳬ġǙIJıġŇņŅņŌᷕ庠ġ⎛İġōŰůŨġőŶŴũŦųġǙIJıġŇņŅņŌġŋŰŪůŵġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 'HQQLV/XR /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$%
A-23
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;+3
  ;73
;$$%⚂⚠/WR5)   ;73
  ;$3%
  673
  -,6%B0[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[










 
     

'(6&5,37,21 攟㉤㡺䳬ġǙIJĴġŇņŅņŌᷕ庠ġ⎛İġōŰůŨġőŶŴũŦųġǙIJĴġŇņŅņŌġŋŰŪůŵġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 'HQQLV/XR /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$%
A-24
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;$3$ 2SWLRQ
  ;73
  ;+3
  ;73 2SWLRQ
  673
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
  -,6%B0[
  ',10[

;$$%[[⚂⚠/WR5)


     





 

'(6&5,37,21 攟㉤㡺䳬ġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌᷕ庠ġ⎛İġōŰůŨġőŶŴũŦųġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌġŋŰŪůŵġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 'HQQLV/XR /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$%[[
A-25
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;73 %
  ;+3 2SWLRQ
%
  ;+3 2SWLRQ
  ;+3
  ;$3$[[ 2SWLRQ
  :DVKHU',1$ 2SWLRQ
  673
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[ 2SWLRQ
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
  -,6%B0[
  ',10[ 2SWLRQ
  ',10[ ;$$%[[⚂⚠/WR5)
 煭启/RFWLWH

         






 

'(6&5,37,21 攟㉤㡺䳬ġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌᷕ庠ġ⎛İġōŰůŨġőŶŴũŦųġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌġŋŰŪůŵġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

%  ;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 'HQQLV/XR /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$%[[
A-26
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
&   ;$3$
&   ;$3$
&   ;$3$
&   ;$3$
  ;+3
;$$&
  -,6%B0[
ⶎ⎹5WR/)
  6SULQJ3LQ[
;$$&
⎛⎹/WR5)


  






  

'(6&5,37,21 攟㉤㡺䳬ġǙĸĮġŇņŅņŌᷕ庠ġĮġ⎛İġŭŰůŨġűŶŴũŦųġǙĸĮġŇņŅņŌġūŰŪůŵġĮġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

&   0$7(5,$/
GT326 685)$&(

Pusher-Fedek Type-加長350mm
+$5'1(66
*(1(5$/72/(5$1&( :(,*+7 .J
         '$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ &
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.15.A001C.07
;$$&6/''5: ᶲ⋰
A-27
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;73
  673
  673
  ;73
  ;+3
  ',10[
  -,6%B0[
 
6SULQJ3LQ,62 ;$$$⚂⚠/WR5)
[










      
 
'(6&5,37,21 ㉤㡺䳬ġǙIJıġŇņŅņŌᷕ庠ġ⎛İġőŶŴũŦųġǙIJıġŇņŅņŌġŋŰŪůŵġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/
őŢŨŦĻġIJİĵġĩőŶŴũŦųIJıĪ
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 'HQQLV/XR /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
A-28
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;73
  ;73
  673
  673
  ;+3
  -,6%B0[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
;$$$⚂⚠/WR5)

 





       

'(6&5,37,21 ㉤㡺䳬ġǙIJĴġŇņŅņŌᷕ庠ġ⎛İġőŶŴũŦųġǙIJĴġŇņŅņŌġŋŰŪůŵġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

őŢŨŦĻġijİĵġĩőŶŴũŦųIJĴĪ 0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 'HQQLV/XR /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
A-29
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;+3
  ;73
  673
  673 2SWLRQ
  ',10[
  -,6%B0[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
  ;+3
;$$$[[⚂⚠/WR5)
  ;+3
  :DVKHU',1$
  ',10[




$




 
      

őŢŨŦĻġĴİĵġĩőŶŴũŦųIJĶĪ '(6&5,37,21 ㉤㡺䳬ġǙIJĶġŇņŅņŌᷕ庠ġ⎛İġőŶŴũŦųġǙIJĶġŇņŅņŌġŋŰŪůŵġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 'HQQLV/XR /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$[[
A-30
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
$ 
  673
  673 2SWLRQ $ 
  ;+3
  ;+3 2SWLRQ
  ;+3 2SWLRQ
  ;73
  ',10[
  ',10[ 2SWLRQ
  -,6%B0[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[ ;$$$[[⚂⚠/WR5)
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[ 2SWLRQ
  :DVKHU',1$ 2SWLRQ




$



         
 
煭启/RFWLWH
őŢŨŦĻġĵİĵġĩőŶŴũŦųIJķſijĹĪ '(6&5,37,21 ㉤㡺䳬ġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌᷕ庠ġ⎛İġőŶŴũŦųġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌġŋŰŪůŵġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/

$   ;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 'HQQLV/XR /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$[[
A-31
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
%   ;$3$
%   ;$3$
%   ;$3$
%   ;$3$
;$$%   ;+3
ⶎ⎹5WR/)   -,6%B0[
;$$%   6SULQJ3LQ[
⎛⎹/WR5)


  




  

'(6&5,37,21 ㉤㡺䳬ġǙĸĮġŇņŅņŌᷕ庠ġĮġ⎛İġőŶŴũŦųġǙĸĮġŇņŅņŌġūŰŪůŵġĮġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

%   0$7(5,$/

GT326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
Pusher-Fedek Type :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.15.A005B.07
;$$%6/''5: ᶲ⋰
A-32
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;+3
  ;73
  673
  -,6%B0[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
  ;73
  673

;$$$⚂⚠/WR5)

 




 
     

őŢŨŦĻġIJİijġĩőŶŴũŦųġIJĴĪ '(6&5,37,21 ㉤㡺䳬ġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌĮŔġŕŵźűŦġ⎛İġőŶŴũŦųġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌġĮŔġŕŵźűŦġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 'HQQLV/XR /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
A-33
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
$ 
  673
  673 2SWLRQ $ 
  ;+3
  ;+3 2SWLRQ
  ;+3 2SWLRQ
  ;73
  ',10[
  ',10[ 2SWLRQ
  -,6%B0[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[ 2SWLRQ
  :DVKHU',1$ 2SWLRQ

;$$$[[⚂⚠/WR5)




$






         
 
煭启/RFWLWH
őŢŨŦĻġijİijġĩőŶŴũŦųġIJķſijĹĪ '(6&5,37,21 ㉤㡺䳬ġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌĮŔġŕŵźűŦġ⎛İġőŶŴũŦųġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌġĮŔġŕŵźűŦġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/

$   ;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 'HQQLV/XR /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$[[
A-34
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  673
  673 2SWLRQ
  ;+3
  ;+3 2SWLRQ
  ;+3 2SWLRQ
  ;73
  ',10[
  ',10[ 2SWLRQ
  -,6%B0[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[ 2SWLRQ
  :DVKHU',1$ 2SWLRQ

;$$$[[⚂⚠/WR5)




$






         
 
煭启/RFWLWH
őŢŨŦĻġĴİĴġĩőŶŴũŦųġijıſijĹĪ '(6&5,37,21 ㉤㡺䳬ġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌĮŔġŕŵźűŦġ⎛İġőŶŴũŦųġǙŹŹġŇņŅņŌġĮŔġŕŵźűŦġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/

;$
GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< $GDP/L /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$[[
A-35
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;73
  ;+3
  ;$3$
  ;73
  673
  -,6%B0[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
;$$$⚂⚠/WR5)











 
     

'(6&5,37,21 攟㉤㡺䳬ġǙŹŹġĮŔġŕŵźűŦġ⎛İġōŰůŨġűŶŴũŦųġǙŹŹġĮŔġŕŵźűŦġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
őŢŨŦĻġIJİĴġĩőŶŴũŦųġIJĴĪ GT 326
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< $GDP/L /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$
A-36
 ,WHP 47< 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  ;+3
  ;73
  ;73 2SWLRQ
  673
  ;$3$ 2SWLRQ
  ',10[
  -,6%B0[ ;$$$[[⚂⚠/WR5)
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[





$




 
      

'(6&5,37,21 攟㉤㡺䳬ġǙIJĹġĮŔġŕŵźűŦġ⎛İġōŰůŨġűŶŴũŦųġǙIJĹġĮŔġŕŵźűŦġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
őŢŨŦĻġijİĴġĩőŶŴũŦųġIJķſIJĹĪ ;$
GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< $GDP/L /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$[[
A-37
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  673
  ;$3$ 2SWLRQ
  ;+3
  ;+3 2SWLRQ
  ;+3 2SWLRQ
  ;73
  ',10[
  ',10[ 2SWLRQ
  -,6%B0[
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[ ;$$$[[⚂⚠/WR5)
  6SULQJ3LQ,62[ 2SWLRQ
  :DVKHU',1$ 2SWLRQ




$








         
 
煭启/RFWLWH
'(6&5,37,21 攟㉤㡺䳬ġǙŹŹġĮŔġŕŵźűŦġ⎛İġōŰůŨġűŶŴũŦųġǙŹŹġĮŔġŕŵźűŦġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 
0$7(5,$/
őŢŨŦĻġĴİĴġĩőŶŴũŦųġijıſijĹĪ
;$
GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< $GDP/L /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$$[[
A-38
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
ġ Ńĵ   %
%
ġ Ńĵ   %
  67
ġ Ńĵ   ;$3&
   ;+
   ;7
  $
   
   =

  
  ,620[
   ,620[
  ,620[
  ,620[
  -,6%B0[
 㲨揜⸘孬⦷㈛槱
6WDQGDUGRQWKHEDFN



 



 指揜⸘孬⦷ⓜ槱

2SWLRQRQWKHIURQW
'(6&5,37,21 ⎴㬍墅伖䳬İġŔźůŤũųŰůŪŻŢŵŪŰůġŔŦŵ 6&$/( 
⚛㷴嫛䲚 ġ Ńĵ ľġĴ 0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
6\QFKURQL]DWLRQ :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 6DP/DL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;7 %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$%
A-39
 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.
1 1 M20560800
2 2 ST9203500
3 1 XT144190000 &
4 5 125A.06
5 2 912.06.20.Z
6 1 912.06.30.Z
7 1 933.06.20.Z
8 2 934.06.Z
 9 4 934.10.Z

 10 4 9021.10








67⎴㬍墅伖






 
 

'(6&5,37,21 ⎴㬍旬ẞİġŔźůŤũųŰůŪŻŦųġŢŤŤŦŴŴŰųź 6&$/( 

&   0$7(5,$/

670 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
6\QFKURQL]DWLRQ :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;7 &
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: STMB-1
670%6/''5: ᶳ⋰
A-40
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  
  ;$3%
  ;$3%
%   -,6%B0[B(/(&
%   =
   :DVKHU',1$


 ⮥坚&RYHU

㽈㲌&DVH

ńņġŔŸŪŵŤũġŢŧŵŦųġŪůŴŵŢŭŭġūŰŪůŴġųŦťġŴŪŭŪŤŰůŦĭġ
ŵũŦůġűŶŵġŰůġŵũŦġŵũųŦŢťġŴŰŮŦġųŦťġűŢŪůŵįġġ
ńņ攳斄⬱墅⼴⮯坢㞻ⶍ℟⫼ẍ䲭刚䞥
⇑⹟⭮⮩炻᷎⟿ᶲ䲭刚姀嘇䶂

% 

'(6&5,37,21 ńņġ攳斄䳬ĩ⢾味ĪİġńņġŔŸŪŵŤũġŔŦŵĩńŰŷŦųĪ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
$GGLWLRQDO3URWHFWLRQ :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< -D\'D7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1 %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$%
A-41
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
  
  
  
   
 
  ķ
  
  
  /-! 
  )#*+'  
   
   ! &6

Ĵ
ŃIJĹIJijıĵıı ĵ
ij

IJIJ

IJ ĺ Ķ ĸ IJı IJij ĺ Ĺ

'(6&5,37,21 ↯䪗䳬ġĮġ⎛⎹İġŎŦŢŴŶųŦŮŦůŵġĮġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

⺜㑘ふ⚠ↅ;$$ 0$7(5,$/
)RU5WR/)
;$
GT 326 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
0HDVXUHPHQW :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .HYLQ7VDL /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ 
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$%
;$$%6/''5: ₙ◗
A-42
 %
 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.
 1 1 C12113000
2 2 C13110200

3 2 D6360900
4 2 XT121110000 ġ

5 1 XA1.22.P004D
6 1 XA1.22.P005A
7 1 XA1.22.P006C
 8 2 XA1.22.P007A
9 1 XA1.22.P008A
%% %
10 1 XA1.22.P009C
  11 1 XT121030000
12 2 XT121080000
&    ġ ŃIJ ɦ 13 4 XT121120000
14 2 Circlip DIN 471 - 10 x 1

15 2 DIN 912 M4 x 8
& 16 4 DIN 912 M5 x 6

17 10 DIN 912 M6 x 12_BLACK
18 4 DIN 912 M6 x 90
 19 2 DIN 913 - M4 x 4
20 8 ISO2338- 3 m6x6- St

 
21 6 Spring Pin ISO8752 4x12
22 2 Washer DIN 125 - A 4.3
 23 7 Washer DIN 125 - A 6.4
24 6 Washer DIN 9021 - 6.4



 

   
⮵ㅱⶎ⎹ẞ;$$
 )RU5WR/)

 '(6&5,37,21 ⣦㕁⹏䳬Įġ⎛⎹İġŗŪŤŦġŔŦŵĮġōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

 0$7(5,$/
ġ ŃIJ ġľġIJ
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
9LFH :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1 %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.22.A001B
;$$%6/''5: A-43
ᶳ⋰
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
暣䭙   &
  &
  &
  &
  &
  &
Ķ ĺ
  &
  & ġ Ńij
  &
ĸ Ńġ⫼İʼnŰŭŦ   &
  & Ńij
IJIJ ķ łġ⫼İʼnŰŭŦ   &
řłIJįIJijįőıIJIJł   ',10[
IJĴ   -,6%B0[
IJ
ij 䦣≽旚暯ĩ怠惵Īİ
IJ ijůťġŇųŰůŵġœŦŴŵġŰůġʼnŦŢťŴŵŰŤŬĩŐűŵŪŰůĪ
ĵ
ķ 㛸㕁⏡⯹İłŪųġŃŭŢŴŵ
IJIJ
IJ ⣦㕁İńŭŢŮűŪůŨ
ķ IJ
攱味 旚暯İŇųŰůŵġœŦŴŵ
Ĺ ńũŢůůŦŭġńŭŰŴŦġ
ĸ
Ĺ ↯䪗ĭġᶳ㕁
Ĵ ŎŦŢŴŶųŦŮŦůŵġĭġōŰŢťŪůŨġ
攳味
Ĺ ĸ ńũŢůůŦŭġŐűŦů
IJı
IJĵ ĸ
IJij

⮵ㅱⶎ⎹ẞĻġřłIJįijĸįłııijł '(6&5,37,21 暣䡩敍䳬ĩŗ✳⟲ĪŠ⎛⎹İġŗŢŭŷŦġŔŦŵġĩŗġŕźűŦĪŠōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

ĩŇŰųġœŵŰōŇĪ 0$7(5,$/
Ńij ġľġij
ġ

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
9DOYH :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ %
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.27.A001B
;$$%6/''5: ᶳ⋰
A-44
 2 2.5M-LtoRF
1
427 540

Item No. A ØB 1 2
B 2
XA1.31.A001B.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x5 B1 XHP200510 x2
XA1.31.A001B.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x5 B1 XHP200710 x2
XA1.31.A001B.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x5 XHP201010 x2
XA1.31.A001B.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x5 XHP201310 x2
XA1.31.A001B.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x5 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A001B.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x5 XHP201610 x2 1
XA1.31.A001B.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x5 XHP201810 x2
XA1.31.A001B.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x5 XHP202010 x2

A
XA1.31.A001B.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x5 XHP202210 x2
XA1.31.A001B.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x5 XHP202410 x2
XA1.31.A001B.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x5 XHP202610 x2
XA1.31.A001B.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x5 XHP202610 x2
E (1 : 3)

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ŹŹĮijįĶŎġĮġ⎛İġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮijįĶŎġĮġōŵŰœ 6&$/( 

B1 = 2 0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 %
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A001B.xx
XA1.31.A001B.xx.SLDDRW A-45
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 09:13
 2 1
427 565

3.2M-LtoRF ⎛⎹ A

Item No. A ØB 1 2
XA1.31.A015A.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x6 A1 XHP200510 x2
XA1.31.A015A.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x6 A1 XHP200710 x2
XA1.31.A015A.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x6 XHP201010 x2
2
XA1.31.A015A.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x6 XHP201310 x2
B
XA1.31.A015A.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x6 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A015A.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x6 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A015A.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x6 XHP201810 x2 1
XA1.31.A015A.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x6 XHP202010 x2

A
XA1.31.A015A.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x6 XHP202210 x2
XA1.31.A015A.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x6 XHP202410 x2
XA1.31.A015A.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x6 XHP202610 x2 A (1 : 5)
XA1.31.A015A.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x6 XHP202610 x2

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹĮĴįijŮĮōŵŰœŇİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮĴįijŮĮōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
A1 = 2
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 $
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A015A.xx
XA1.31.A015A.xx.SLDDRW A-46
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 09:15
 1 565 427 A

3.2M-RtoLF ⶎ⎹
2

Item No. A ØB 1 2
XA1.31.A016A .06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x6 A1 XHP200510 x2
XA1.31.A016A .08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x6 A1 XHP200710 x2
XA1.31.A016A .11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x6 XHP201010 x2

A
XA1.31.A016A .14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x6 XHP201310 x2
XA1.31.A016A .16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x6 XHP201610 x2 1
XA1.31.A016A .17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x6 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A016A .19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x6 XHP201810 x2
XA1.31.A016A .21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x6 XHP202010 x2
XA1.31.A016A .23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x6 XHP202210 x2
XA1.31.A016A .25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x6 XHP202410 x2 2

B
XA1.31.A016A .27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x6 XHP202610 x2 A (1 : 4)
XA1.31.A016A .29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x6 XHP202610 x2

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹġĮĴįijŮĮġœŵŰōŇİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮĴįijŮĮœŵŰōŇ 6&$/( 

A1 = 2 0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 $
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A016A.xx
XA1.31.A016A.xx.SLDDRW A-47
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 09:17
 2
1
427 565

12F-LtoRF ⎛⎹ A

Item No. A ØB 1 2
XA1.31.A017A.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x7 A1 XHP200510 x2
2
XA1.31.A017A.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x7 A1 XHP200710 x2
B
XA1.31.A017A.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x7 XHP201010 x2
XA1.31.A017A.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x7 XHP201310 x2
XA1.31.A017A.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x7 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A017A.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x7 XHP201610 x2 1
XA1.31.A017A.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x7 XHP201810 x2

A
XA1.31.A017A.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x7 XHP202010 x2
XA1.31.A017A.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x7 XHP202210 x2
XA1.31.A017A.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x7 XHP202410 x2
XA1.31.A017A.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x7 XHP202610 x2 A (1 : 4)
XA1.31.A017A.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x7 XHP202610 x2

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹĮIJijŇĮōŵŰœŇİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮIJijŇĮōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
A1 = 2
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 $
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A017A.xx
XA1.31.A017A.xx.SLDDRW A-48
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 09:16
 1 565 427

12F-RtoLF ⶎ⎹ 2 A

Item No. A ØB 1 2
XA1.31.A018A.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x7 A1 XHP200510 x2
XA1.31.A018A.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x7 A1 XHP200710 x2

A
XA1.31.A018A.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x7 XHP201010 x2
XA1.31.A018A.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x7 XHP201310 x2
1
XA1.31.A018A.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x7 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A018A.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x7 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A018A.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x7 XHP201810 x2
2
XA1.31.A018A.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x7 XHP202010 x2
XA1.31.A018A.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x7 XHP202210 x2
XA1.31.A018A.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x7 XHP202410 x2

B
XA1.31.A018A.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x7 XHP202610 x2
XA1.31.A018A.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x7 XHP202610 x2 A (1 : 4)

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹġĮIJijŇĮġœŵŰōŇİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮIJijŇĮœŵŰōŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
A1 = 2
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 $
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A018A.xx
XA1.31.A018A.xx.SLDDRW A-49
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 09:37
 2
1
417 535

4M-LtoRF ⎛⎹ A

Item No. A ØB 1 2
XA1.31.A019A.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x8 A1 XHP200510 x2
XA1.31.A019A.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x8 A1 XHP200710 x2
2
XA1.31.A019A.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x8 XHP201010 x2
B
XA1.31.A019A.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x8 XHP201310 x2
XA1.31.A019A.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x8 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A019A.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x8 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A019A.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x8 XHP201810 x2 1
XA1.31.A019A.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x8 XHP202010 x2

A
XA1.31.A019A.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x8 XHP202210 x2
XA1.31.A019A.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x8 XHP202410 x2
XA1.31.A019A.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x8 XHP202610 x2
XA1.31.A019A.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x8 XHP202610 x2 A (1 : 4)

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹĮĵŎĮōŵŰœŇİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮĵŎĮōŵŰœŇ 6&$/( 

A1 = 2 0$7(5,$/

;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 $
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A019A.xx
XA1.31.A019A.xx.SLDDRW A-50
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 09:39
 1
535 417 A

4M-RtoLF ⶎ⎹ 2

Item No. A ØB 1 2
XA1.31.A020A .06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x8 A1 XHP200510 x2
XA1.31.A020A .08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x8 A1 XHP200710 x2

A
XA1.31.A020A .11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x8 XHP201010 x2
XA1.31.A020A .14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x8 XHP201310 x2
1
XA1.31.A020A .16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x8 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A020A .17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x8 XHP201610 x2
XA1.31.A020A .19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x8 XHP201810 x2
XA1.31.A020A .21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x8 XHP202010 x2
XA1.31.A020A .23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x8 XHP202210 x2
XA1.31.A020A .25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x8 XHP202410 x2
2

B
XA1.31.A020A .27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x8 XHP202610 x2
A (1 : 4)
XA1.31.A020A .29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x8 XHP202610 x2

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹġĮĵŎĮġœŵŰōŇİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮĵŎĮœŵŰōŇ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
A1 = 2
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 $
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A020A.xx
XA1.31.A020A.xx.SLDDRW A-51
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 09:42
 2 3 4 1
416 555

350 535
3.2M-LtoRF-PL ⎛ A
Item No. A ØB 1 2 3 ĵ
XA1.31.A101B.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x5 B1 XA1.31.P015A.06 x1 B1 XHP200510 x2 XA1.31.P016A.06 B1

XA1.31.A101B.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x5 B1 XA1.31.P015A.08 x1 B1 XHP200710 x2 XA1.31.P016A.08 B1

XA1.31.A101B.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x5 XA1.31.P003B.11 x1 XHP201010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.11

XA1.31.A101B.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x5 XA1.31.P003B.14 x1 XHP201310 x2 XA1.31.P005A.14
3
XA1.31.A101B.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x5 XA1.31.P003B.16 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.16 B
XA1.31.A101B.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x5 XA1.31.P003B.17 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.17
XA1.31.A101B.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x5 XA1.31.P003B.19 x1 XHP201810 x2 XA1.31.P005A.19
XA1.31.A101B.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x5 XA1.31.P003B.21 x1 XHP202010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.21 1
XA1.31.A101B.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x5 XA1.31.P003B.23 x1 XHP202210 x2 XA1.31.P005A.23 2
4

A
XA1.31.A101B.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x5 XA1.31.P003B.25 x1 XHP202410 x2 XA1.31.P005A.25
XA1.31.A101B.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x5 XA1.31.P003B.27 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.27
XA1.31.A101B.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x5 XA1.31.P003B.29 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.29
A (1 : 5)

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ŹŹĮĴįijŮĮ⎛ĮőōİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮĴįijŮġĮġōŵœŇġĮġőō 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
B1 = 6
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 %
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A101B.xx
XA1.31.A101B.xx.SLDDRW A-52
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 09:44
 2 3 4 1
416 555

350 535
3.2M-RtoLF-PL ⶎ H
Item No. ØA ØB 1 2 3 4
XA1.31.A102B.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 X5 B1 XA1.31.P014A.06 x1 B1 XHP200510 x2 XA1.31.P016A.06 B1
XA1.31.A102B.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 X5 B1 XA1.31.P014A.08 x1 B1 XHP200710 x2 XA1.31.P016A.08 B1
XA1.31.A102B.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 X5 XA1.31.P002B.11 x1 XHP201010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.11
XA1.31.A102B.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 X5 XA1.31.P002B.14 x1 XHP201310 x2 XA1.31.P005A.14
XA1.31.A102B.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 X5 XA1.31.P002B.16 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.16 B
3
XA1.31.A102B.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 X5 XA1.31.P002B.17 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.17
XA1.31.A102B.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 X5 XA1.31.P002B.19 x1 XHP201810 x2 XA1.31.P005A.19
XA1.31.A102B.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 X5 XA1.31.P002B.21 x1 XHP202010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.21
XA1.31.A102B.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 X5 XA1.31.P002B.23 x1 XHP202210 x2 XA1.31.P005A.23 1
XA1.31.A102B.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 X5 XA1.31.P002B.25 x1 XHP202410 x2 XA1.31.P005A.25 A 2
XA1.31.A102B.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 X5 XA1.31.P002B.27 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.27 4
XA1.31.A102B.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 X5 XA1.31.P002B.29 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.29
H (1 : 5)

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹĮĴįijŮġĮġⶎĮġőōİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮĴįijŮġĮġœŵŰōŇġĮġőō 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
B1 = 6 ;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 %
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A102B.xx
XA1.31.A102B.xx.SLDDRW A-53
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 09:52
 2 3 1 1
422 235

350 535
1 12F-LtoRF-PL ⎛ 4 A

Item No. A ØB 1 2 3 ĵ
XA1.31.A103B.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x6 B1 XA1.31.P015A.06 x1 B1 XHP200510 x2 XA1.31.P016A.06 x1 B1
XA1.31.A103B.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x6 B1 XA1.31.P015A.08 x1 B1 XHP200710 x2 XA1.31.P016A.08 x1 B1
XA1.31.A103B.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x6 XA1.31.P003B.11 x1 XHP201010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.11 x1
XA1.31.A103B.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x6 XA1.31.P003B.14 x1 XHP201310 x2 XA1.31.P005A.14 x1
3
XA1.31.A103B.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x6 XA1.31.P003B.16 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.16 x1 B
XA1.31.A103B.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x6 XA1.31.P003B.17 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.17 x1
XA1.31.A103B.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x6 XA1.31.P003B.19 x1 XHP201810 x2 XA1.31.P005A.19 x1
XA1.31.A103B.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x6 XA1.31.P003B.21 x1 XHP202010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.21 x1 1
XA1.31.A103B.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x6 XA1.31.P003B.23 x1 XHP202210 x2 XA1.31.P005A.23 x1 2
4

A
XA1.31.A103B.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x6 XA1.31.P003B.25 x1 XHP202410 x2 XA1.31.P005A.25 x1
XA1.31.A103B.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x6 XA1.31.P003B.27 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.27 x1
XA1.31.A103B.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x6 XA1.31.P003B.29 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.29 x1
A (1 : 5)

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹĮIJijŇġĮġ⎛ġĮġőōİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮIJijŇĮġōŵŰœŇĮőō 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
B1 = 6
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 %
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A103B.xx
XA1.31.A103B.xx.SLDDRW A-54
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 10:00
 2 3 1 1
422 235

350 535
1 12F-RtoLF-PL ⶎ 4 H

Item No. ØA ØB 1 2 3 4
XA1.31.A104B.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x6 B1 XA1.31.P014A.06 x1 B1 XHP200510 x2 XA1.31.P016A.06 x1 B1
XA1.31.A104B.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x6 B1 XA1.31.P014A.08 x1 B1 XHP200710 x2 XA1.31.P016A.08 x1 B1
XA1.31.A104B.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x6 XA1.31.P002B.11 x1 XHP201010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.11 x1
XA1.31.A104B.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x6 XA1.31.P002B.14 x1 XHP201310 x2 XA1.31.P005A.14 x1
B
XA1.31.A104B.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x6 XA1.31.P002B.16 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.16 x1 3
XA1.31.A104B.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x6 XA1.31.P002B.17 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.17 x1
XA1.31.A104B.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x6 XA1.31.P002B.19 x1 XHP201810 x2 XA1.31.P005A.19 x1
XA1.31.A104B.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x6 XA1.31.P002B.21 x1 XHP202010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.21 x1
XA1.31.A104B.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x6 XA1.31.P002B.23 x1 XHP202210 x2 XA1.31.P005A.23 x1 1

A
XA1.31.A104B.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x6 XA1.31.P002B.25 x1 XHP202410 x2 XA1.31.P005A.25 x1 2
XA1.31.A104B.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x6 XA1.31.P002B.27 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.27 x1 4
XA1.31.A104B.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x6 XA1.31.P002B.29 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.29 x1
H (1 : 5)

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹĮIJijŇġĮġⶎġĮġőōİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮIJijŇġĮġœŵŰōŇġĮőō 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
B1 = 6
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 %
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A104B.xx
XA1.31.A104B.xx.SLDDRW A-55
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 10:20
 2 3 4 1
416

350 535 2.5M-LtoRF-PL ⎛⎹ A

Item No. A ØB 1 2 3 ĵ
XA1.31.A105B.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x4 B1 XA1.31.P015A.06 x1 B1 XHP200510 x2 XA1.31.P016A.06 B1

XA1.31.A105B.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x4 B1 XA1.31.P015A.08 x1 B1 XHP200710 x2 XA1.31.P016A.08 B1

XA1.31.A105B.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x4 XA1.31.P003B.11 x1 XHP201010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.11

XA1.31.A105B.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x4 XA1.31.P003B.14 x1 XHP201310 x2 XA1.31.P005A.14
3
XA1.31.A105B.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x4 XA1.31.P003B.16 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.16 B
XA1.31.A105B.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x4 XA1.31.P003B.17 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.17
XA1.31.A105B.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x4 XA1.31.P003B.19 x1 XHP201810 x2 XA1.31.P005A.19
XA1.31.A105B.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x4 XA1.31.P003B.21 x1 XHP202010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.21
1
XA1.31.A105B.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x4 XA1.31.P003B.23 x1 XHP202210 x2 XA1.31.P005A.23
2

A
XA1.31.A105B.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x4 XA1.31.P003B.25 x1 XHP202410 x2 XA1.31.P005A.25
4
XA1.31.A105B.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x4 XA1.31.P003B.27 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.27
XA1.31.A105B.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x4 XA1.31.P003B.29 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.29
A (1 : 5)

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹġijįĶŮĮ⎛ĮőōİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮijįĶŮġĮōŵŰœŇĮőō 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
B1 = 6
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 %
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A105B.xx
XA1.31.A105B.xx.SLDDRW A-56
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 10:22
 1 4 527 421 1 535 350 F

4M-RtoLF-PL ⶎ 3 2

Item No. ØA ØB 1 2 3 4
XA1.31.A108A.06 6.5 10 XA1.31.P012A.06 x7 A1 XA1.31.P014A.06 x1 A1 XHP200510 x2 XA1.31.P016A.06 x1 A1

XA1.31.A108A.08 8 12 XA1.31.P012A.08 x7 A1 XA1.31.P014A.08 x1 A1 XHP200710 x2 XA1.31.P016A.08 x1 A1

1
XA1.31.A108A.11 11 15 XA1.31.P001B.11 x7 XA1.31.P002B.11 x1 XHP201010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.11 x1
2
XA1.31.A108A.14 14 18 XA1.31.P001B.14 x7 XA1.31.P002B.14 x1 XHP201310 x2 XA1.31.P005A.14 x1

A
4
XA1.31.A108A.16 16 21 XA1.31.P001B.16 x7 XA1.31.P002B.16 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.16 x1
XA1.31.A108A.17 17 21 XA1.31.P001B.17 x7 XA1.31.P002B.17 x1 XHP201610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.17 x1

B
XA1.31.A108A.19 19 23 XA1.31.P001B.19 x7 XA1.31.P002B.19 x1 XHP201810 x2 XA1.31.P005A.19 x1
XA1.31.A108A.21 21 25 XA1.31.P001B.21 x7 XA1.31.P002B.21 x1 XHP202010 x2 XA1.31.P005A.21 x1
XA1.31.A108A.23 23 27 XA1.31.P001B.23 x7 XA1.31.P002B.23 x1 XHP202210 x2 XA1.31.P005A.23 x1 3
XA1.31.A108A.25 25 28 XA1.31.P001B.25 x7 XA1.31.P002B.25 x1 XHP202410 x2 XA1.31.P005A.25 x1 F (1 : 5)
XA1.31.A108A.27 27 31 XA1.31.P001B.27 x7 XA1.31.P002B.27 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.27 x1
XA1.31.A108A.29 29 31 XA1.31.P001B.29 x7 XA1.31.P002B.29 x1 XHP202610 x2 XA1.31.P005A.29 x1

'(6&5,37,21 先䭉䳬ġŹŹĮĵŎĮġⶎġĮġőōİġńũŢůůŦŭġŔŦŵġŹŹĮĵŎġĮġœŵŰōŇġĮőō 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
A1 = 6
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

GENERAL TOLERANCE
     
&KDQQHO3XVKHU :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without (&1 (&1 $
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XA1.31.A108A.xx
XA1.31.A108A.xx.SLDDRW A-57
A-56
A-
2022/3/9ᶲ⋰ 10:30
 Item Name Input Description Item number 2
1 QS1 Main disconnect switch B55000003
2 SQ1 X05 Positionned stop B18120700
3 SQ2 X04 Home position B18120700
4 SQ5 X06 Guiding channel opened C11110400 4
5 SQ3 X07 Guiding channel closed C11110400
X25
5
6 SQ4 Vice system C11110400
7 HMI Remote HMI-RT710 + cable B12150520
Ground cable 4.728
Cable fixure head PG16 B55000055
6
cable trough 40*40 B77000001

Option
Name Input Description Item number
SQ10 SQ10a 7
SQ10 Standard retraction safety (Option) 4.484
X33
2 position retraction safety (Option) 4.484
3
SQ10a
SQ11 X26 Main cover Safety 4.894
SQ11

M2
XT135050000

M1
B14140001

DESCRIPTION : Parts components SCALE

MATERIAL
GT326_XINJE SURFACE
HARDNESS

外部零件配置圖 WEIGHT (Kg)

DATE 2023.04.18
DRAWN BY Leo Last modif.
Our drawings/designs and their annexes remain our sole property and we
confide them to the addressee's personal care. Nobody has the right-without ECN ECN-10839 A0
our written authorization-to copy, reproduce, show or give them to third parties
在收件人個人需求下，我們透露我們的設計圖面與它的附件，但它們仍然是我們專屬的財產。
任何人無權在未取得我們的書面文字授權的情況下复制、再制、展示和提供它們給第三者。 www.lns-group.com TW XA1.78.A140A
A-58
A-
A-57
 ŊŵŦŮ Œŵźį őŢųŵġŏŰį ŅŦŴŤųį
ĵ
IJ IJ ńIJĶIJijıIJıı řłIJįıĸįőıijĸŅ
ĩ㏕惵ġŗġ✳⺷旚暯䓐Ī
ij ĵ řŕıĴĴıIJıııı
Ĵ ĵ ŔŏĴijıķıı ij řłIJįĹĶįłııĴ
ĩ㏕惵ġŗġ✳⺷旚暯䓐Ī
ĵ ĵ ŏŖŕŠŅŊŏġĺĴĵġŎijı ġ
⛘坢䴚ĩIJİijģŹĴģĪ
Ķ IJ ōŦŷŦŭŪůŨġţŰŭŵġġŹĵ ⠲䇯ĩĶİĹģ⣏Ī ńij
ķ IJ ŅķĵĴıĹıı 攳⎋㈛ㇳġIJIJŹIJĴ ńij
ĸ IJ ŔŏĴĶıĴıı 攳⎋㈛ㇳġĤĴı
Ĺ IJ ġ 搘⋁
ĺ ġIJ 婒㖶㚠 Ĵ

ķ
ĸ

ńij  řŕıĺijııııııġ ŔŕĺIJıĴııı
ĩ㏕惵ġ㺦廒ġ✳⺷旚暯䓐Ī ĩ㏕惵ġ㺦廒ġ✳⺷旚暯䓐Ī
IJ

'(6&5,37,21 㧁㸾旬ẞĮℏ扟İġŔŵŢůťŢųťġłŴŴŦŴŴŰųŪŦŴĮŅŰŮŦŴŵŪŤ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

*7 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
6WDQGDUG$VVHVVRULHV :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .\OH+XDQJ /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1; &
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$&
A-59
A-58
A-
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
Ĺ
  & ĵ ŔŕĺIJıĴııı
  ;7 ij ĩ㏕惵ġ㺦廒ġ✳⺷旚暯䓐Ī
  67 řłIJįıĸįőıijĸŅ
ĩ㏕惵ŗ✳⺷旚暯䓐Ī
  61 řłIJįĹĶįłııĴ
  /HYHOLQJ%ROW[ ⦿婉倁 [ ĩ㏕惵ġŗġ✳⺷旚暯䓐Ī
⬙䓖 ⮶  &

  ' 栚♲㔂㓚[ &

  61 栚♲㔂㓚
  1XWB',10 Ĵ
   崹㢝㦇
  替▨

Ķ ĸ

řŕıĺijıııııı
ĩ㏕惵ġ㺦廒ġ✳⺷旚暯䓐Ī

& 

'(6&5,37,21 㧁㸾旬ẞĮ⢾扟İġŔŵŢůťŢųťġłŤŤŦŴŴŰųŪŦŴĮņŹűŰųŵ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

*7 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
6WDQGDUG$FFHVVRULHV :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< .\OH+XDQJ /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1; &
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: ;$$&
A-60
A-59
A-
 Item Qty. Part No. Descr.
1 1 XA1.85.P001C łIJ
2 1 XA1.85.P003B
3 1 XA1.85.P004B
4 4 DIN 912 M3 x 6
5 2 DIN 912 M6 x 10
6 4 Washer DIN 125 - A 3.2
Ĵ

ķ
IJ

łIJ ġľġIJ '(6&5,37,21 普㱡䚌䳬İġŐŪŭġńŰŭŭŦŤŵġŔŦŵ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/
;$3&攟⹎㓡䞕䁢PP
;$ 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
$FFHVVRULHV :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;$ $
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7:
ġXA1.85.A003A
;$$$6/''5: ᶲ⋰
A-60
A-
A-61
 ,WHP 4W\ 3DUW1R 'HVFU
&   &
  &
  61
  ;7
   ',10[
  ',10[
   ',10[
  1XWB',10
  :DVKHU',1$



 


&  

'(6&5,37,21 普㱡䚌İġŰŪŭġŤŰŭŭŦŤŵġűŭŢŵŦ 6&$/( 

0$7(5,$/

670 685)$&(
+$5'1(66

  

*(1(5$/72/(5$1&(
     
2LOFROOHFW :(,*+7 .J
'$7(  
      !  
'5$:1%< 㜿佑䡏 /DVWPRGLI
2XUGUDZLQJVGHVLJQVDQGWKHLUDQQH[HVUHPDLQRXUVROHSURSHUW\DQGZH
FRQILGHWKHPWRWKHDGGUHVVHH VSHUVRQDOFDUH1RERG\KDVWKHULJKWZLWKRXW (&1 (&1;7 &
RXUZULWWHQDXWKRUL]DWLRQWRFRS\UHSURGXFHVKRZRUJLYHWKHPWRWKLUGSDUWLHV
൘᭦ԦӪњӪ䴰≲лˈᡁԜ䘿䵢ᡁԜⲴ䇮䇑മ䶒оᆳⲴ䱴ԦˈնᆳԜӽ❦ᱟᡁԜу኎Ⲵ䍒ӗDŽ
ԫօӪᰐᵳ൘ᵚਆᗇᡁԜⲴҖ䶒᮷ᆇᦸᵳⲴᛵߥл༽ࡦǃ޽ࡦǃኅ⽪઼ᨀ‫׋‬ᆳԜ㔉ㅜй㘵DŽ ZZZOQVJURXSFRP 7: XT092000000
;76/''5: ᶳ⋰
A-62
A-61
A-
 艾恩司亚洲联络信息
官方网站：

台中 台北 台南

台中市乌日区溪南路三段 巷 号 新北市泰山区明志路三段 号 台南市安南区怡安路二段 号

苏州 东莞 宁波

浙江省宁波市海曙区环城西路南段 弄 号
江苏省苏州市吴江经济开发区泉德路 号 广东省东莞市长安沙头建安路 号 栋 楼 室

厦门 天津 沈阳

福建省厦门市集美区灌口镇灌口大道 号之五 天津市河北区胜利路北岸华庭 室 辽宁省沈阳市皇姑区万山路 号

室

常州 台州 青岛

江苏省常州市新北区环龙路绿都万和城三区
室 浙江省台州市路桥区桐屿街道龙栖街 号新盛佳苑 山东省青岛市市北区重庆南路 号威尼斯商城 号楼
幢 单元 室
-

大连 重庆 西安

重庆市江北区名门山庄 号 陕西省西安市长安区神舟六路航天城 号楼一单元

辽宁省大连经济技术开发区松峪里 栋 号 - 室
- -

洛阳

柔佛新山 吉隆坡 胡志明市

槟城

清奈 浦那 新德里

班加罗尔

古吉拉特邦

曼谷 首尔 釜山